Download Entire Wenger Equipment Catalog PDF

2 0 1 2 - 2 013E Q U I P M E N TC A T A L O GElementary Music • Secondary Education • College/University • Performing ArtsTheatre Solutions • Athletic Solutions • Worship Environments

Dear Valued Customer,We are aware and sensitive to the constraintsthat the economic conditions of the past fewyears have placed on your budgets and yourability to acquire the quality furniture andequipment that you need. At Wenger we wantyou to succeed….after all, our tag line is “YourPerformance Partner”. We know that you desirethe best quality products and that meansWenger. We want to help in that pursuit. Tothat end we are announcing that Wenger willnot increase its catalog prices for the2012/2013 catalog year. That’s correct 0% increase!As the market leader we want to takea stance that for the upcoming year, due tothese economic times, you should have noprice increase.On the cusp of the 2011/2012 catalog yearWenger introduced many new products suchas our new Nota® conBRIO chair, ourFlex Conductor’s System, our new lowerpriced Edge Instrument Storage System,new SoundLok Sound-Isolating PracticeRooms, and many others. These productswere included in the 2011/2012 Wenger Catalog.Because we will not be changing our catalogprices, and because all of these new productswere already included in the current2011/2012 Wenger catalog, we have decidedto forgo the printing and distribution of a newcatalog for 2012/2013. Consistent with ourcommitment to environmental responsibility,rather than reprint, we ask you to reuse yourcurrent 2011/2012 Catalog for another year.So…hold onto your 2011/2012 Wenger Catalogfor product and pricing information. Ofcourse if you need or desire a new catalog,please contact us at 1-800-326-8373 and wewill be happy to send you a new hard-copy orone of our popular CD-based versions. Youcan also access our catalog, 24-7 on-line atwww.wengercorp.com/catalog.This fall 2012, Wenger will also launch a newand improved Wenger Website to assist yourproduct research, ideation, and purchasing requirements.Look for more information regardingnew features and interactive planningtools coming soon!Be assured that you will continue to receiveupdates on our newest product innovationsand corporate announcements through e-mailcommunications, our web-site, or socialmediasites. Visit Wenger on Facebook athttp;//ww.facebook.com/WengerCorp, Twitter@ WengerCorp, or You Tube athttp://www.youtube.com/WengerCorp.Sincerely,William L. BeerPresident and CEOWenger CorporationOn The Cover: Dr. David Betancourt: Dr. Betancourtis currently Department Chair and Director of Bands andOrchestra at Cerritos College in Norwalk, California.He conducts numerous ensembles at the college, alongwith community groups that include students,community members and professional musicians.Dr. Betancourt is an active guest conductor, clinician,and adjudicator.®Your Performance PartnerCerritos Center for the Performing Arts, Cerritos, California

INNOVATIVE NEW PRODUCTSWenger is committed to bringing you new products and services each and every year.Our product development teams are dedicated to understanding what happens in yourteaching and performance spaces every day and what challenges are faced, particularlywith acoustics, space and equipment management and traffic flow. Our products aredesigned by a team of engineers within our facility that has spent time listening to yourexperiences and developing products that will assist you in the future.In 2011, we’re introducing some exciting new twists on existing products. For starters,we have our economical and innovative new Edge Instrument Storage System. Next,changing the way students sit and practice their instruments has resulted in the most interestingnew chair we’ve introduced in years – Nota ® conBRIO. We’ve also improved some of ourmost popular products including our SoundLok Sound-Isolation Rooms. They now have anincreased NIC/STC rating, more options for aesthetics, better lighting and expanded color choices.PAGES 2-3INNOVATIVE NEW PRODUCTSRESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENTAs a member of the U.S. Green Building Council, Wenger has committed itself to thinkand act “Green”. This includes conserving energy wherever feasible, recycling, reducingwaste, reducing harmful emissions, and using environmentally friendly raw materials,finishes and processes. It's part of our respect for how our products work and howtheir creation affects everyone – our customers, our community, our country and ouremployees. Wenger is continuing our efforts to help you achieve your environmentalgoals by offering more products made of recycled and recyclable materials. We haveachieved GREENGUARD certification on many of our products. We also have resourcesavailable to assist you in achieving LEED certification.NEW CONSTRUCTION SERVICESWe’ve accumulated over 65 years of experience working with thousands of educatorsall over the world. Our representatives understand what it takes to design a music suite,performance area, black box theatre, or athletic team room and equipment storagearea successfully. We also understand how seemingly insignificant design elementscan jeopardize their effectiveness. We have gathered this information into a series ofhelpful guides designed to assist you and your planning team as you research andplan for your space. Wenger representatives are available to meet with your planningteam and discuss areas such as acoustics, floor plans, storage solutions andequipment needs.PAGE 4 PAGE 5RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT NEW CONSTRUCTION SERVICES

02 • OUR LATEST INNOVATIONSOur Latest Innovations!Some of our breakthroughs are easy to see, others need to be experienced, but each is animprovement in performance and value over anything else available. Virtually every Wengerproduct goes through a redesign assessment as we continuously strive to improve our productline. Sometimes that means a product redesign, sometimes an all-new design. Eitherway, our pursuit of perfection never stops and always leads to great products like these.A brief history of Wenger storage:1955 Folio Cabinets& PercussionWorkstation1987 InstrumentStorage Cabinets1993 ElementaryCabinets1995 Music Library1997 Teacher Wardrobe1999 Corner Cabinet2005 Added new coloroptions for allcabinets2007 AcoustiCabinetsEdge Storage SystemEdge makes it possible to store your complete instrument and uniform inventory for considerablyless money without sacrificing Wenger quality. You’ll still take advantage of patented polyethyleneshelves, heavy-duty hardware, and aesthetics that match any decor. The difference is Edge has anopen-back, shared-column design that reduces materials and helps the environment.Pages 62-632007 38" heightcabinets2008 Stringed InstrumentCabinet2011 Edge StorageSystemNota ®conBRIO Posture ChairsChairs need to support the musician, but theyalso shouldn’t restrict the natural movementof performance. Imagine a chair built on adynamic frame that provides perfect supportwhile it also actively engages the body andencourages it to move with the music. We didand call it Nota conBRIO – “With Vigor!”.Pages 10-11A brief history of Wenger chairs:1946 Sousaphone Chair1960s Mucic PostureChairs1978 Student andMusician ChairsThe unique frame designallows the chair to flexslightly as the musicianmoves with the music!1987 Symphony Chair2005 Nota ChairThe conBRIO designmatches and stackswith Nota chairs youmay already have.2011 Nota conBRIO800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

OUR LATEST INNOVATIONS • 03SoundLok Sound-Isolation RoomsThe new SoundLok is a prime exampleof how a philosophy of continuousimprovement drives product progression.SoundLok has a refined design, the purestinternal acoustics yet, and enhancedsound isolation. And it’s modular andrelocatable, with guaranteed levels ofsound isolation nearly impossible toachieve with built-in rooms.Pages 96-97A brief history of Wengersound-isolation rooms:1996 VAE (VirtualAcousticEnvironment)2006 Added Record/Playback featureto the VAE system2008 Studio VAETechnology2011 SoundLokSound-IsolationRoomImproved NIC/STC Rating!San Jose City College, San Jose, CaliforniaPiano Work DeskThe perfect accompaniment fora classroom digital keyboard providing aworkspace for your laptop computer, sheetmusic, speakers and more. Items can be setneatly above the keyboard without coveringup important buttons and displays on the topof your keyboard. Sized to fit YamahaYPG635 and DGX630 digital pianos.Page 40Flex ® AccessoriesThe iPad has become an important tool forteachers everywhere and now there’s asecure, flexible mount for our Flex TechBridge that allows you to easily viewand interact with your iPad.Pages 30-31The Flex Conductor’sStand is now availablewith a solid wood top,a larger lip and solidunder-desk storagebaskets.1800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

04 • ENVIRONMENTAL MESSAGEGetting greener and greener together.Our first efforts at environmental stewardshipwere simple ideas, based on common sense,but they set the stage for nearly seven decadesof forward thinking. Today we’re doing more thanever to make Wenger Corporation more environmentally sound andsustainable. We also actively support our customers’ efforts toachieve their own green goals:LEED certification processAs a member of the LEED Construction Initiative, Wenger hasthe insights and experience to make the process easier for ourcustomers to understand and attain. We’ll also help you completeLEED documentation requirements, including identifying andimplementing practical and measurable green building design,construction, operations, and maintenance solutions.USGBC adherenceA member of the U.S. Green Building Council, Wenger isdedicated to fulfilling the green-building principles behindthe USGBC and its LEED Initiative. Once you start downthe road to LEED certification, you will be meaningfully supportedevery step of the way. www.usgbc.orgFSC CoC certificationAs a Forest Stewardship Council Chain-of-Custody(CoC) operation, Wenger certified products are built withmaterials tracked by FSC ® throughout our productionprocess, from the forest to end use and including processing,transformation, manufacturing, and distribution. Look for the FSClabel for proof of environmental accountability. www.fsc.orgGREENGUARD certificationWith the first stage of Wenger products nowGREENGUARD certified, we are committed toworking with The GREENGUARD Environmental Institute (GEI) tocontinue to improve our emissions and air-quality performance. Wealso look forward to certifying more products as we progress.www.greenguard.orgThe perfect plan for youYour own environmental plans may be advanced or just seeds ofideas. Whatever your situation, Wenger has the comprehensiveexperience and expertise you need to achieve your own greeninitiatives. Please call today and let’s get started.USGBC and related logo is a trademark owned by the U.S. Green Building Council and is used by permission.At Wenger, we’remaking environmentalstrides in all phases ofour business.Products:• GREENGUARD certificationfor Chairs and Stands,Instrument, Garment, andSpecialty Storage Cabinets,including UltraStor andnew Edge, and GearBossStorage Carts• Optional environmentallysensitive core material inInstrument Storage Cabinets• High-efficiency electronicballasts in Sound-IsolatingPractice Rooms• Wax coating on StudentChair Tablet Arm Deskseliminates emissions vsthree-step solvent process• Powder paint finishingreduces waste by 65% vsplating/solvent processesManufacturing:• Precise raw material orderingeliminates waste• Computer-optimized cuttingprocesses improve yield• ISO quality-improvementtools reduce scrap• Multiple use of manufacturingcooling/rinse water beforedischarge• Residual material in aerosolcans is contained anddisposed of properly• Super-insulated drying andcuring ovens minimize heatloss and reduce consumption• Green cleaning agents anda non-metallic conversioncoating vs caustic finish pretreatments• Instant foam packaging —free of CFCs and HCFCs —used where possible• Stretch-wrapping eliminatescorrugated waste• Pallets are reused or remanufactured• Clean-burning dieselemission-control in Wengerdelivery trucks• Post-installation packagingis returned and reused orrecycledOperations:• Use recycled paper, recycleall paper• Regular facility-wide recyclingcollection• Recycling drop-off foremployees• Routine collection of steeland aluminum dropoff• Routine collection of oils usedin manufacturing• Electronic informationdelivery• Advanced low-consumptionplant lighting• Smart HVAC central controlsystem• Sawdust is collected andgiven away for animalbeddingLook for this symbol throughout our catalog toindicate products that are environmentally friendly.The paper in this catalog is FSCcertified. The Forest StewardshipCouncil (FSC) is your GUARANTEEthat the paper and wood productsyou purchase come from heatlhyforests and strong communities .This catalog is printed with environmentally friendly ink. Enviro/Techinks have a renewable resource content (including vegetable oils andpine resin) of 27.3%, which is much higher than the published 7% minimumsoy content required for soy inks. Enviro/Tech inks include cottonseed,vernonia, sunflower, tung, linseed and canola oils in addition to soy.This catalog is also 100% recyclable.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

NEW CONSTRUCTION • 05Expertise you should leverage early and often.The success of your new facility depends on your plan. CallWenger before you start and we’ll help you design your idealenvironment, perfectly balancing budget, needs, space, andtraffic like no other resource. For nearly seven decades we’vehelped thousands of educators and administrators get the mostout of every dollar for new construction, renovations, additions,and improvements. In fact, no other company in the world hasspent more time with music educators or studied more types ofmusic facilities.The planning process for these types of facilities can vary fromproject to project. Fortunately every process follows a timeline ofsimilar steps that we can help you prepare for. From the passingof a school bond to design, bidding and construction, Wengercan help you be ready every step of the way. We can share ourexpertise and experience in this process to help you make yoursa success.Your Wenger representative is in tune with music performanceand education and will help you make smart, cost-effective decisionson everything from product selection to space allocationto stretching a tight budget. You’ll also benefit from our closeworking relationship with architects, ensuring your satisfactionby providing them with a trusted resource for the complexities ofrehearsal-space and performance-space design.Please keep in mind we can also collaborate with yourcommittee and give you the support and resources you needto persuasively present your plan. It’s also important to knowthat from concept to completion, putting Wenger experience andexpertise to work doesn’t cost you a dime.“Wenger’s Planning Guide gave me some realpractical ideas which we used in two junior highmusic facilities – they turned out very well. I’mamazed that some architects don’t take advantageof the materials Wenger has available. ThePlanning Guide is easy to read and offers excellentinformation.”– Edward K. Skahan, Vice President, Director ofDesign, Kluber, Skahan & Associates, Inc.,Batavia, Illinois“The Planning Guide was absolutely my bibleduring this project. It gave me a standard toreference and included some things I never wouldhave thought about, related to room size, spaceusage and acoustics.”– Marc Riegel, Band DirectorChapman Middle School, Chapman, KansasPlanning is Easier with our Free Planning Guides:Call 1.800.4WENGER (493-6437)for our free literature today.Wenger Planning GuidesEverything you need to understand the new construction processand what you can do to most effectively organize your objectivesto make sure your new music facility is the best it can be.Wenger Athletic Space Planning GuideThis is an ideal resource to help athletic directors, schooladministrators, coaches, equipment plannersand architects plan newfacilities or improve thespace usage withinexisting ones.1800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TABLE OF CONTENTSIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5New and Improved Products . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Environmental Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4New Construction Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Chairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Nota ® conBRIO Music Posture Chairs . 10-11Nota ® Music Posture Chairs . . . . . . . . . . 12-13Musician & Student Chairs & Accessories . 14-15Specialty Chairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-17, 19Fixed Audience Seating. . . . . . . . . . . . 128-129Portable Audience Chairs . . . . . . . . . . 130-131Music Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-27Music Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-23, 25Stand Accessories, Lighting . . . . . . . 24, 26-27Tuba Tamer, Acoustical Shield . . . . . . . . . . . 26Teaching Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-49Flex ® Conductor’s System . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31Conductor’s System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Preface Conductor’s Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Rehearsal Resource Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Stereo Workstation, Stereo Cabinet . . . . . . . 35Wardrobe Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36teacherTAXI ® Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Bookcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Music Lab Workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39-40Piano Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Markerboards & Tackboards. . . . . . . . . . 42-45lessonWORKS ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44footNOTES ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46flipFORMS ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Poster/Teaching &Small Instrument Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . 48ORFFmobile ® & ORFFgarage ® . . . . . . . . . . . 49Instrument/Garment/Music Storage . . 50-73UltraStor Storage Cabinets . . . . . . . . 54, 56-61AcoustiCabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Edge Storage System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-63Percussion Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Tuba/Sousaphone Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65String Instrument Racks. . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-67Rack ’n Roll ® Garment Rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Garment Storage Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . 68-69Music Library System & Sorting Rack. . . . . 70-71Folio Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-73OnBoard ® Transport Carts . . . . . . . . 74-81Uniform Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Cargo Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Timpani Cart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Field Podium & Auxiliary Podium. . . . . . . . . 79Percussion Cart & Bass Drum/Gong Cart. . . 80Speaker Cart & Keyboard Cart . . . . . . . . . . . 81GearBoss ® Storage Solutions . . . . . 82-93Team Cart & X-Cart Systems . . . . . . . 84-85SportCart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86GearBoss ® II Storage System . . . . . . . . . . . 87Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88-89Customizable Wood Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90AirPro Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Mobile Kiosk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92TranSport Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Acoustical Equipment. . . . . . . . . . 94-115SoundLok Sound-Isolation Rooms . . . 96-97Virtual Acoustic Environments ® (VAE) . . 98-99Studio VAE Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Acoustical Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Rehearsal and PerformanceAcoustical Treatments. . . . . . . . . . . 102-103Diva ® Full-Stage Acoustical Shells . . . 106-107Forte Acoustical Shells . . . . . . . . . . . 108-109Legacy ® Acoustical Shells. . . . . . . . . . 110-113Travelmaster Acoustical Shells . . . . . 114-115Standing Risers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116-121Signature ® Choral Risers . . . . . . . . . . 118-119Tourmaster ® Choral Risers . . . . . . . . . 120-121Theatre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-133Rack ’n Roll ® Garment Rack. . . . . . . . . . . . 124Studio ® & Backstage ® Makeup Stations. . . 125Stage Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126flipFORMS ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Fixed Audience Seating. . . . . . . . . . . . 128-129Portable Audience Chairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130High-Density Portable Audience Chairs . . . 131Upper Deck Audience Seating ®Tiered Risers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132-133Platforms & Outdoor Products . . . 134-151Versalite ® Staging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136-137Trouper ® Staging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138-139Stagehand ® Staging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140-141Versalite ® Seated Risers . . . . . . . . . . . 144-145Trouper ® Seated Risers. . . . . . . . . . . . 146-147Staging and Seated Riser Accessories 148-149STRATA ® Event Staging & Pit Filler . . . . . . 150Portable Disability Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Inflatable Acoustical Shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Showmaster ® Staging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Vision ® Event Platforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Showmobile ® Mobile Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Stagemobile ® Mobile Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Look for these helpful symbolsthroughout the catalog:New productA new or redesignedWenger product!Customer quoteLearn what some of ourcustomers have to say abouta particular product.QR CodeSnap this code with your smartphonefor more informationEnvironmentally friendlyIndicates products that aredesigned with environmentallyfriendly raw materials, finishesand processes.TABLE OF CONTENTS

ATHLETIC SOLUTIONSEverybody takes pride in a well-organized program.The same craftsmanship and attention to detail our music education products are known for makesour GearBoss ® products every bit as durable, versatile and easy to use. We’ve traveled the countrylistening to athletic directors, trainers, coaches and equipment managers to find out what we coulddeliver to best support their programs.The result? A line of products that transforms equipment storage rooms. GearBoss will save youtime, improve sanitation and gear management, help you raise money and support trainers andathletes on and off the field.GearBoss ® X-Carts and Team Carts – GearBosshigh-density storage creates more room in less space– as much as 50% more space – by using an innovativesystem of tracks and rolling carts.GearBoss ® Shelving – GearBoss shelving can completeyour storage room and make it difficult for you toever lose any equipment again.Prosper High School, Prosper, Texas

“Durability and ease of use werethe two biggest reasons we choseGearBoss. We wanted something thatwould last and GearBoss was the mostdurable option we could find. The wayGearBoss carts move and access to themare both really easy.”– Larry Adkins, Assistant Principal, R.B.Stall High School, North Charleston,South CarolinaR E S O U R C E S• GearBoss ® 48-page Catalog• Athletic Facility Planning Guide• Space and Cost Comparison Guide• Case Studies• New Construction Resources• www.wengercorp.com/athletics• Benefits of GearBoss Solutionswww.wengercorp.com • 800.4WENGER (800.493.6437)High-Density StorageSystemsTwo great GearBosssolutions for flexiblestorage andtransportation.Pages 82-85SportCartThe smaller, versatilestorage cart for sportsthat require less gearand less storage space.Page 86TranSport CartFrom facility to the field,you won’t find an easier,more durable way tomove equipment. Cartconverts into a solidwork table.Page 93ATHLETIC SOLUTIONSGearBoss ®Wood LockersFeaturing an antimicrobialsurface andincludes options forlighted name plaques,drying fans, securityand more.GearBoss ®AirPro LockersA modern design thatoffers superior ventilation,security, sanitationand space savings.Page 91GearBoss ® ShelvingWall-mounted storagewith cantileveredshelves, integratedlock boxes, work tables,garment bars and more.Page 88-89Page 90

WORSHIP ENVIRONMENTSNo matter where you worship, Wenger products willhelp enhance the worship experience.Whether it’s a sanctuary, fellowship hall, gymnasium, or outdoor venue, Wenger products allow you totailor your space. Wenger is the first choice of music programs in worship facilities across NorthAmerica. We know that the last thing you need to worry about is your equipment. That’s why you needWenger products — products you can depend on.flipFORMS ® – Roll ‘em where you need some simplerisers or a platform fast. They are great for classrooms,stages, or just about anywhere.Trinity Lutheran Church, Owatonna, Minnesota

“We chose Wenger because we wanted towork with a reliable company with a goodhistory and great customer service. Wenger'scustomer service has been terrific and I really appreciatethat. Wenger equipment is very user-friendlyand one person can usually handle it by themselves.”– Todd Nichols, Worship and Creative Arts Pastor,The Church by the Glades/Coral Baptist ChurchCoral Springs, FloridaR E S O U R C E S• Performance Spaces PlanningGuide• Personalized educational sessions• Seated Riser Set Sheets• www.wengercorp.com/worshipwww.wengercorp.com • 800.4WENGER (800.493.6437)Choral RisersVersatile, sturdy andportable - choral risersallow a choir to standup and be heard.Pages 116-121Chairs & StandsFrom chairs thatsupport ideal posturefor musicians to standsfor all venues andoccasions.Pages 6-27Acoustical ProductsAcoustical panelstailored to your facility,shells and modularsound-isolation rooms.Pages 94-115WORSHIP ENVIRONMENTSStorage SolutionsOrganized, attractivestorage for instruments,garments, sheet music,teaching tools andsupplies.Pages 50-73Performance ProductsCreate inspiredperformances withportable staging, tieredseating, chairs, rehearsalfurniture and makeupstations.Pages 122-133Staging and SeatedRisersEverything you needfrom seated choralrisers and durable stageextensions to easy-totransportstages anddrum platforms.Pages 134-149

THEATRE SOLUTIONSHigh-performance products to help you stage yourbest performance.Is your theatre space a small black box with limited seating? Or is it a large performing arts center?Maybe it’s something in between? Wenger offers products to help any theatre save valuable time,enhance the quality of rehearsals and ensure the ultimate success of any performance.University of Minnesota Duluth, Duluth, MinnesotaMakeup Stations – A professionaldressing room is easier to create thanyou thought with Wenger Studio ® andBackstage ® makeup stations.

“With our 10 Studio Makeup Stations, actors now haveconvenient, mirrored, well-lit stations and we can getpre-show prep done better, more easily and twice asquickly as before.”– Michael Turner, Performing Arts Chair, Director of Music,Noble & Greenough School, Dedham, MassachusettsR E S O U R C E S• Performance Spaces Planning Guide• New Construction Tools• Case Studies• www.wengercorp.com/theatrewww.wengercorp.com • 800.4WENGER (800.493.6437)Acoustical TreatmentsHighly engineeredshells and panels shapethe acoustics of yourperformance andrehearsal spaces.Pages 102-115Pit Fillers and StageExtensionsExtend your performancearea with our STRATA ®orchestra pit filler andevent staging.Page 150Audience SeatingUpper Deck TieredRisers are perfect forblack box theatres.Portable AudienceChairs are comfortableand easy to store.Luther CollegeCase Study available.Pages 128-133Storage SolutionsStore props, costumes,and all sorts of gearwith our UltraStor ,Edge and GearBoss ®storage systems.(GearBoss Shelvingshown)Pages 54-73THEATRE SOLUTIONSPortable StagingFlexible platformsto configure multilevelstages, speakerplatforms and more.Pages 136-149Makeup StationsFrom permanent toportable, you’ll getprofessional resultswith our cost-effectiveoptions.Page 125Rehearsal FurnitureUse flipFORMS ® andStage Boxes to instantlyform sturdy, stablerehearsal furniture fortheatre.Pages 126-127Storage and TransportProductsThe easy, safe wayto organize, transportand store costumesand props.Pages 68-69, 76-77and 124

ELEMENTARY MUSICInnovative tools designed to help you build brighterminds through music.Our smart designs convert any space into an exciting, interactive environment that holds yourstudents’ attention and inspires them to learn like never before. Transitions are also faster and easier,and our solutions store neatly when not in use. Studying music helps students learn other educationaldisciplines. Our elementary music room equipment creates a lively, effective learning environment bymaking music education an active and enjoyable experience.Elementary Classroom Equipment – The best in interactive classroomproducts. Everything from music rugs to whiteboards to magneticnotation tools to versatile rehearsal and performance platforms.Keene’s Crossing Elementary School, Windermere, Florida

“I love the flipFORMS – we’ve used them somany times this year. Having different colors providesa quick and easy way to help direct studentsaround the room. The flipFORMS are very easy to move.”– Emily Hausmann, Music Specialist, Keene’s CrossingElementary School, Windermere, FloridaR E S O U R C E S• Elementary Planning Guide• Elementary Equipment Planner• Online Furnishings and EquipmentPlanner (www.wengercorp.com/plan)• Curriculum Guides (footNOTES ®and flipFORMS ® )www.wengercorp.com • 800.4WENGER (800.493.6437)Elementary ClassroomEquipmentProducts like ourORFFmobile ® makelearning, transport andstorage easy.Pages 42-49Band and ChoralRoom EquipmentMusic Posture Chairspromote proper postureand comfort forrehearsals. Musicstands provide classicstyling for all venues andoccasions.Teaching ToolsMake classroom timemore productive and funwith innovative, specializedfurniture and equipmentincluding workstations,markerboards, conductor’sequipment and supportmaterials.Storage SolutionsGet organized withstorage solutions forinstruments, garments,sheet music andclassroom storage.Pages 50-73ELEMENTARY MUSICPages 6-27Pages 28-49Equipment forDramatic PlayDiscover solid, durableand flexible platformsideal for motion, danceor theatrical activities.Page 47Standing ChoralRisersElevate the level of yourperformance with theworld’s most preferredrisers.Pages 116-121Portable StagingEverything you needfrom durable rehearsalplatforms to easy-totransportstages.Pages 134-149Portable AcousticalShellsEasily improveperformance acousticsat your school oroff-site locations.Pages 110-115

SECONDARY EDUCATIONInnovative products born from years of experienceand hours of listening.Every day at Wenger, we have the pleasure of working with hundreds of band, orchestra and choraldirectors, drama teachers and administrators at all levels. The relationships we’ve developed withthese amazing people have been going strong for more than sixty-five years, and you can imaginewhat kind of insights we've gained into what performing arts educators need to succeed. As youbrowse through this catalog you will see all of the great products your needs and suggestions haveinspired.Rehearsal Room Equipment – Everything to fillyour rehearsal room from chairs and stands tostorage and acoustic treatments.In memory of Steve Nedzel,Band Director, Lincoln-WayWest High SchoolLincoln-Way West High School, New Lenox, Illinois

“We really love our Wenger products and we’revery excited about the growth of our program. Iprefer portable risers instead of built-in ones, so wecan take them down if necessary. The Trouper Risersoffer wonderful flexibility!”– Amy Fambrough, ChoirDirector, Timber CreekHigh School, Keller, TexasR E S O U R C E S• Secondary Planning Guide• Personalized Educational Session• Equipment Checklist• Online Furnishings and EquipmentPlanner (www.wengercorp.com/plan)• Case Studieswww.wengercorp.com • 800.4WENGER (800.493.6437)Acoustical SolutionsEverything you need fromsound-isolating doorsand modular practicerooms to acoustical walland ceiling treatments.Lindsay Thurber HighSchool Case Studyavailable.Pages 94-115Portable Staging andSeated RisersVersalite ® and Trouper ®platforms easily adapt toany need. Sturdy andstylish staging will makeyou look as good as yousound.Pages 134-151Rehearsal RoomEquipmentMusic Posture Chairspromote proper postureand comfort forrehearsals. Musicstands provide classicstyling for all venuesand occasions.Pages 6-27Teaching ToolsEverything you needfrom music labworkstations toconductor’s equipment.Dillard High SchoolCase Study available.Pages 28-49SECONDARY EDUCATIONStorage SolutionsSecure, organized andattractive storage forinstruments, robes,uniforms, sheet musicand other classroommaterials.Gateway Sr. High SchoolCase Study available.Pages 50-73Touring EquipmentEquipment andwardrobe transportand storage carts fortraveling groups suchas marching bands,drum corps and showchoirs.Pages 74-81Standing Choral RisersAround your school oroff-site, elevate the levelof your performancewith the world’s mostpreferred risers.Avon Old Farms SchoolCase Study available.116-121Performance SpacesFrom acousticalshells to pit fillers andstage extensions tocomfortable, easy-touseaudience seating.Pages 102-115,128-133 and 150

COLLEGE/UNIVERSITYInnovative products designed to help you guide yourstudents to the next level.Whether you’re a small private college or one of the largest public universities, you’ll find Wenger tobe a trusted and knowledgeable partner. We have extensively studied the best ways to help yourstudent musicians, instructors and conductors bring music to life. And we have developed productsto help them make rehearsal more productive and sharpen performance. We are committed tomeeting all of your needs while making the most of your budget.Full-Stage Acoustical Enclosures — Including the Diva ® full-stageacoustical shell that sounds as impressive as it looks.Folsom Lake College, Folsom, California

“The flexibility of the Diva shell is great – weuse many different configurations. We havenine towers and three clouds. The shell’s veneermatches other interior surfaces of the hall, helping makeit a beautiful room. With the Air Transporter, our crew canset up the shell in 1.5 to 2 hours; the nine towers store ina 17' by 11' footprint when not in use.”– Ryan Graves, Production ManagerAlexander Kasser Theater, Montclair StateUniversity, Montclair, New JerseyR E S O U R C E S• Performance Spaces Planning Guide• Personalized Educational Session• New Construction Tools• Graduating Student/New TeacherPacket• Case Studieswww.wengercorp.com • 800.4WENGER (800.493.6437)Acoustical TreatmentsHighly engineeredacoustical shells andpanels shape theacoustics of yourperformance andrehearsal spaces.Pages 102-115Rehearsal andPerformance EquipmentMusic Posture Chairspromote proper postureand comfort forextended rehearsals.Plus music stands withclassic styling for allvenues and occasions.Pages 6-27Portable Platformsand Stage ExtensionsOur versatile staginglets you easily createthe stage, platform orstage extension youneed.Ball State UniversityCase Study available.Pages 134-151Audience SeatingFrom portable seatingto our innovativeUpper Deck AudienceSeating ® Tiered Risers.Luther CollegeCase Study available.Pages 128-133COLLEGE/UNIVERSITYSound-IsolationPractice RoomsGuaranteed performance,modular flexibility andrevolutionary VAE ®technology thatsimulates the acousticsof different venues.Boston UniversityCase Study available.Storage SolutionsSecure, organized andattractive storage forinstruments, robes,uniforms, sheet musicand other items.Central WashingtonUniversity Case Studyavailable.Standing Choral RisersAround campus or ontour, elevate the level ofyour performance withthe world’s mostpreferred risers.Pages 116-121Music LabWorkstationsErgonomic, flexible anduser-friendly furniturefor keyboard, computer,sound equipment andaccessories.Pages 39-40Pages 96-101Pages 50-73

PERFORMING ARTSProducts designed to improve the sound, look andfunction of any performance center.Performers and audiences deserve the best your performance venue is capable of delivering. Wengerproducts are designed and crafted to deliver the highest levels of acoustic excellence, comfort andversatility. All Wenger products enhance the look of your space and are designed to last.Full-Stage Acoustical Enclosures — Including the Diva ® full-stageacoustical shell that sounds as impressive as it looks.Burnsville Performing Arts Center, Burnsville, Minnesota

“Our orchestra and clients love the Diva shell.We use no microphones. With the shell, you can sitanywhere in the theater, even in the very back rows,and hear everything on stage perfectly”– Shawn Nicholson, Technical Director,Burnsville Performing Arts Center, Burnsville, MinnesotaR E S O U R C E S• Performance Spaces Planning Guide• Personalized Educational Session• New Construction Tools• Case Studies• Interiors Binder• Databookwww.wengercorp.com • 800.4WENGER (800.493.6437)Acoustical TreatmentsHighly engineeredacoustical shells andpanels shape theacoustics of yourperformance andrehearsal spaces.Alice Tully Hall CaseStudy available.Pit Fillers and StageExtensionsExtend your performancearea with our STRATA ®orchestra pit filler andevent staging.Page 150Portable PlatformsOur Versalite ® staginglets you easily createthe stage you need.Ball State UniversityCase Study available.Pages 134-151Audience SeatingFrom portable seatingto our innovativeUpper Deck AudienceSeating ® Tiered Risers.Luther CollegeCase Study available.Pages 128-133PERFORMING ARTSPages 102-115Sound-IsolationPractice RoomsGuaranteed performanceand revolutionaryVAE ® technology thatsimulates the acousticsof different venues.Boston UniversityCase Study available.Theatre SolutionsEverything you needfrom makeup stationsto garment storage tospecialty storage.University of MinnesotaCase Study available.Pages 122-127Standing Choral RisersElevate the level of yourperformance with theworld’s most preferredrisers.Avon Old Farms SchoolCase Study available.Pages 116-121Performance EquipmentMusic Posture Chairspromote properposture and comfort forextended rehearsals.Music stands provideclassic styling for allvenues and occasions.Pages 6-27Pages 96-101

We hear you, loud and clear.All the incredible products in this catalog have in some way been inspiredby our customers, and in many cases specific product features can betraced back to the great ideas you’ve shared. Every day, around the world,we talk with our customers at their facilities, over the phone, at conferencesand events, and in our own focus groups. That’s how we’ve gotten to know youand your needs so well, and how we’ve been able to continuously improve our product line andinnovate for an entire industry for decades. Lots of companies listen to their customers, but atWenger we also follow through, and this entire catalog is proof positive of that.“I’ve worked with Wenger equipment for many years, atmultiple schools. We’ve also had non-Wenger equipment.Wenger always makes the better products, products that lasta long time.”– Helen Miers, Choir Director, San Marcos High School,San Marcos, Texas“Other companies make look-alike products,but I wanted Wenger quality instead of inferiorsubstitutes.”– Jeff Henry, Band Director,Godley High School, Godley, Texas“Wenger instrument storage cabinets areworth the money. They are efficient,convenient, secure and long-lasting.The easy access is unbelievable – evenwith 120 students in my rehearsal room.”– Cheryl Yee Glass,Instrumental Music Director, San RamonValley High School, Danville, California“Wenger is very easy to work with, and I appreciate thegood advice I’ve received over the years.”– Sandra McCormick, Band Director, Brewer HighSchool, Fort Worth, Texas“We really love our Wenger products and we’revery excited about the growth of our program.”– Amy Fambrough, Choir Director,Timber Creek High School, Keller, Texas“We’ve had no concerns with anything from Wenger – theproducts speak for themselves in terms of quality.”– Larry Adkins, Assistant Principal, R.B. Stall High School,North Charleston, South Carolina“I’ve known Wenger products for years; I neverhear about any issues with Wenger quality.Buying Wenger is worth the cost long-term– it really is.”– Don Devany, Fine Arts Chair, Metea ValleyHigh School, Aurora, Illinois“Our GearBoss lockers are definitely the ‘wowfactor’ in our new field house – they’re bothbeautiful and functional. They offer plenty ofroom, improve sanitation and the built-in fanshelp keep the locker room fresh.”– David Bennett, Head Football Coach,Coastal Carolina University, Conway,South Carolina“I love the versatility GearBoss shelving givesour drama work room, with places to put props,boxes and hanging items. It looks like it wascustom-made for this space.”– Lisa Divel, Drama Teacher, Chapman HighSchool, Chapman, Kansas“I've been using Wenger products since myfirst teaching job 20 years ago. The reason issimple: consistent durability and craftsmanshipyou can count on.”– Dr. David Betancourt, Director of Bandsand Orchestra, Cerritos College, Norwalk,California800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

“Sitting in the Nota chair immediately reinforcesgood posture, especially for wind instrumentalists.The proper alignment of the shoulders and the backallows for good lung function and enables players toperform more efficiently.”– Basil Kerr, Band Director, Charleston County Schoolof the Arts, North Charleston, South CarolinaDel Norte High School, San Diego, California800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

CHAIRSSymphony ChairPage 16Classic black styling meetsproper posture. Designedfor concert halls and top-tierprograms.Nota ® Standardand PremierconBRIO ChairsPages 10-11All the benefits of the patentedNota design with the addedfreedom and flexibility ofdynamic seating.Nota ® Standardand Premier ChairsPages 12-13Smart, comfortable andergonomic. No other chaircan match it. Inpolypropylene orupholstered versions.Musician ChairPage 14Posture chair design withextra padding for extracomfort.Student ChairPage 15The original posture chaircan be found just abouteverywhere. Promotesproper posture andbreathing.Cellist ChairPage 17Specifically designed forcellists, with posture,stability and comfortin mind.String Bassist/Percussionist ChairPage 17Conductor’s ChairPage 31Provides elevation to givethe musician more controland the conductor morevisibility from a seatedposition.Ensemble StoolPage 18Always in demand, theEnsemble Stool featurestelescoping legs and asealed natural wood seat.Sousaphone ChairPage 19The original Wengerinnovation! 65 years ofallowing musicians toconcentrate on technique.Chair Move andStore CartPages 15, 18Roll your Music PostureChairs wherever you needthem, or store them safelyaway when you’re donewith them.Workstation ChairsPage 40Lightweight, adjustable andcomfortable chairs thatcomplement our electronicworkstations for classrooms.Portable AudienceChairsPages 130A flexible alternative tofixed audience seating.Available in many widthsand colors.High-Density PortableAudience Chairby ClarinPage 131Portable audience seatingthat’s easy to fold and store.Fixed AudienceSeatingPages 128-129Attractive seating that offerssuperior comfort and quietoperation for theatreinstallations.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

8 • CHAIRSPosture ChairComparisonChartWenger has achair for everymusicianEnvironmentallyresponsible100% RecyclablePremierStandardWenger is the leader in musicchair design. It’s hard to visitany school or performancefacility where you won’t findone of our posture chairs. Nomatter the need, the level ofperformance, or size of themusician, Wenger has a chairthat’s perfect for just abouteveryone.PAGE NO.USAGEREHEARSAL LENGTH16SymphonyThe ultimate extension of ourMusic Posture Chair designedto meet the physical demandsof professional musicians.Up to 8 hours10-11Nota ® conBRIOThis unique Music Posture Design incorporates the correctposture benefits of our Nota design with the addedfeature of a flexible frame that allows the chair to movewith the performer. Available in a padded and upholsteredversion (Premier) and an unpadded version (Standard).Up to 6 hours (Premier); 1-4 hours (Standard)FEATURES• Adjustable Seat angle controlof 1 /4 inch• Music Posture Design with athigh to backrest angle of 97degrees allowing musiciansto sit in a posture equivalentto standing• Contoured seat and backfoam for ultimate comfort andsupport• Our Nota chair design with the added benefit of aflexing frame that allows for dynamic movement• Dual seating zones (Engaged and Perched) allow theperformer more flexibility• Each zone enhances performance by promoting anaturally balanced posture• Narrow convex back provides lumbar support• Durable, specially designed floor glides providestability and ease of movement when arranging chairs• The Premier version has high-quality padding forsupport and comfortMATERIAL• Frame is 14-gauge oval steeltubing• Seat is blow-moldedpolypropylene with moldedfoam pad• Seat and back are coveredwith high-quality breathablefabric• 12-gauge 3 /4" (1.9 cm) welded round tube frameStandard:• Seat and back are durable polypropylenePremier:• Seat and back are rugged polypropylene withpolyfoam cushioning• Seat and back are covered with breathable highqualityfabricThe problems withstandard chairs:COLORS (SEAT/BACK)COLORS (FRAME)Black upholsteryBlackBlack, Plum, Red, Green, BlueBlack, Grey, ChromeStandard chairs let themusician slouch, allowing thespine to be forced out of itsnatural supportive position.This lowers the rib cage andconstricts the diaphragm,reducingairflow.HEIGHTSACCESSORIES18 1 /2" or 19 1 /2"(47 or 49.5 cm)• Adjustable Lumbar Pad• Ganging Clamp• Dust Cover14 1 /2", 16", 17 1 /2", 19" or 20 1 /2"(37, 40.5, 44.5, 48 or 52 cm)• Dust coverWEIGHT21 lbs (9.5 kg)Premier: 15 lbs (6.6 kg). Standard: 14 lbs (6.3 kg)TRANSPORT &STORAGEMove & Store Cart holds 6chairs. See page 16Move & Store Cart holds 18 Standardor 12 Premier chairs. See page 13800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

CHAIRS • 9PremierStandardNota ® Musician Student12-13 14 15This unique Music Posture Design incorporates correctposture principles and key ergonomic issues foroptimal comfort, flexibility and body support. Availablein a padded and upholstered version (Premier) and anunpadded version (Standard).The original Music Posture Chairdesign to help support correctposture. Padded and upholstered forextended rehearsals.The original Music Posture Chairdesign to help support correct postureand reduce discomfort so studentscan focus on technique.Up to 6 hours (Premier); 1-4 hours (Standard) Up to 6 hours 1-2 hours• Patented design provides two seating zones:Engaged and Perched• Each zone enhances performance by promoting anaturally balanced posture• Narrow convex back provides lumbar support• Durable, specially designed floor glides providestability and ease of movement when arranging chairs• The Premier version of the Nota chair has high-qualitypadding for support and comfort• Our original music posture chair design mimics standing posture in a seated positionwhen sitting straight and fully back in the chair, thus freeing the diaphragm• High-quality padding for supportand comfort• Durable, specially designed floorglides provide stability and ease ofmovement when arranging chairs• Durable, specially designed floorglides provide stability and ease ofmovement when arranging chairs• 14-gauge 7 /8" (2.2 cm) welded round tube frameStandard:• Seat and back are durable polypropylenePremier:• Seat and back are rugged polypropylene withpolyfoam cushioning• Seat and back are covered with breathable highqualityfabricBlack, Plum, Red, Green, BlueBlack, Grey, Chrome14 1 /2", 16", 17 1 /2", 19" or 20 1 /2"(37, 40.5, 44.5, 48 or 52 cm)• Universal Folding Tablet Arm• Book & Music Storage Racks• Tuba Rest• Sousaphone Holder• Dust Cover• Ganging Clamp• 16-gauge 7 /8" (2.2 cm) square tubeframe and 14-gauge 7 /8" (2.2 cm)square tubular rear crossmember• Seat and back are durablepolypropylene with polyfoamcushioning• Seat and back are covered withhigh-quality, breathable fabricBlack, Plum, Red, Green, Blue, GreyupholsteryBlack, Chrome15 1 /2", 16", 17", 17 1 /2", 18 1 /2" or 19 1 /2"(39, 41, 43, 44, 47 or 49.5 cm)• Folding Tablet Arm• Book & Music Storage Racks• Tuba Rest• Sousaphone Holder• Dust Cover• Ganging Clamp• 16-gauge 7 /8" (2.2 cm) square tubeframe and 14-gauge 7 /8" (2.2 cm)square tubular rear crossmember• Seat and back are durablepolypropyleneBlackBlack, Chrome15 1 /2", 16", 17", 17 1 /2", 18 1 /2" or 19 1 /2"(39, 41, 43, 44, 47 or 49.5 cm)• Folding Tablet Arm• Book & Music Storage Racks• Tuba Rest• Sousaphone Holder• Dust Cover• Ganging ClampPremier: 12 lbs (5.4 kg). Standard: 11 lbs (5 kg) 15 lbs (6.8 kg) 14 lbs (6.3 kg)Move & Store Cart holds 18 Standardor 12 Premier chairs. See page 13Move & Store Cart holds 10chairs. See page 18Move & Store Cart holds 18chairs. See page 18800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

10 • CHAIRSNOTA ® conBRIO MUSICPOSTURE CHAIRNota ®ChairsWenger Music Posture Chairdesign redefined what amusic chair should be byproviding the seated musicianwith the same strong,natural posture as if theywere standing. Nota takesthat concept to the nextlevel, providing rear and forwardseating positions thatallow musicians to sit in themanner that best suits theirstyle and instrument. Boththe Premier and Standardmodels also feature a narrowconvex back that provideslumbar support while stillallowing freedom and rangeof movement, and a roundedwaterfall front that providesbetter circulation andcomfort for a wider range ofbody sizes. Nota popularity isgrowing fast because there’sno other chair like it and it’sbuilt to work and look greatfor the long run.Dual SeatingZonesThe Engaged Position (back)The Perched Position (forward)No matter which position you orthe conductor prefer, the Nota musicposture chair is designed to keep yourposture in the best possible place forperformance and comfort.Nota ®conBRIO ChairsR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Music Standspages 22-25Literature available:(call or download from the web)With vigor! That’s the performance promise ofnew Nota conBRIO, the first dynamicseating solution specifically designedfor music practice and performance —and only from Wenger. Heralded for thetherapeutic benefits it’s bringing toother industries, dynamic seating inessence responds to a person’smovement. As a teaching tool, NotaconBRIO makes a direct kineticconnection to students, keeping themactive and energetic and their focus sharper than ever. Ratherthan restrict motion with a static base, Nota conBRIO providesa stable, yet fluid foundation, allowing the musician completefreedom to engage in the musical performance and respondlike never before.Web link:ProductSheets andTech Sheetswww.wengercorp.com/chairs“I was very impressed with the Nota conBRIO chair because itgives the flexibility for a musician to move, but also gives thenecessary support. I teach a musician’s wellness class where wediscuss ergonomics and posture. This chair has everything you want ina performance chair.”– Dr. Chisato Eda Marling, Lecturer in Saxophone,Nazareth College, Rochester, NYHoughton College, Houghton, NY800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

CHAIRS • 11QR CODESnap this QRcode to viewNota conBRIOchairs in actionon YouTube!Nota ®conBRIO Premier ChairSame design as the conBRIO Standard (right) but withhigh-quality padding and upholstery providingadditional comfort. The unmatched quality constructionguarantees a long life that delivers an unequaled returnon your investment.USAGEProfessional or higher-education environments thatrequire extended practice and performance sessionsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Dynamic frame allows more freedom ofmovement• Narrow convex back allows greater range ofmovement• Rounded waterfall front accommodates awider range of body sizesCONSTRUCTION• Padded and upholstered for added comfort• Powder-coat paint finish for maximumdurability. Chrome also available• Durable, specially designed floor glidesprovide stability when seated and ease ofmovement when arranging chairs• 12-gauge steel frame for extreme durabilitySTORAGE• Matching Move & Store Cart (see page 18)Black • Plum • Red • Green • Grey • BlueNota’s narrow convexback gives themusician more elbowroom.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering Nota Chairs, please specify the following:SIZE: 14 1 /2" (37 cm), 16" (40.5 cm), 17 1 /2" (44 cm), 19" (48 cm),or 20 1 /2" (52 cm) seat-to-floor frame height.FRAME FINISH: Black, Chrome or Grey. See colors below.SEAT/BACK: Choose from colors below. Samples are available uponrequest.0340000 Nota Premier Chair, 15 lbs (6.6 kg) ...........50-99qty. $233ea.Nota ®conBRIO Standard ChairAn innovative new design that allows the chair torespond to the movement of the musician. The result:more dynamic play, improved blood flow, and morefocused attention. The design is based on years ofcustomer research and consultation with medical experts.USAGEAll music environments, including practice and rehearsal rooms,and performance areasPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Dynamic frame allows more freedom of movement• Narrow convex back allows greater range of movement• Rounded waterfall front accommodates a wider range ofbody sizesCONSTRUCTION• Wear-resistant polypropylene seat and back promote evenweight distribution, greater comfort and a lasting appearance• Powder-coat paint finish for maximum durabilityChrome also available• Durable, specially designed floor glides provide stability whenseated and ease of movement when arranging chairs• Specially designed stacking bumpers provide maximum stabilityand protection when chairs are stacked• 12-gauge steel frame for extreme durabilitySTORAGE• Matching Move & Store Cart (see page 18)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering Nota Chairs, please specify the following:SIZE: 14 1 /2" (37 cm), 16" (40.5 cm), 17 1 /2" (44 cm), 19" (48 cm),or 20 1 /2" (52 cm) seat-to-floor frame height.FRAME FINISH: Black, Chrome or Grey. See colors below.SEAT/BACK: Choose from colors below. Samples are available uponrequest.0350000 Nota Standard Chair, 14 lbs (6.3 kg) ....50-99qty. $102ea.Black • Plum • Red • Green • BlueNotaconBRIO’sdesign allowscompletebodyresponse tothe music.The opennessof the designprovidesultimateflexibility inseatingpositionswhile stillencouragingproperalignment.Nota conBRIO canstack with regularNota chairs.Nota Chairframe finishesPREMIERSTANDARDBlackChromeGrey800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

12 • CHAIRSNotaPremier ChairNotaStandard ChairNota ®Premier ChairSame design as the Nota Standard (right) but withhigh-quality padding and upholstery providingadditional comfort. The unmatched quality constructionguarantees a long life that delivers an unequaled returnon your investment.USAGEProfessional or higher-education environments thatrequire extended practice and performance sessionsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Narrow convex back provides lumbar support while stillallowing for freedom and range of movement• Rounded waterfall front accommodates a wider rangeof body sizesCONSTRUCTION• Padded and upholstered for added comfort• Powder-coat paint finish for maximum durability.Chrome also available• Durable, specially designed floor glides provide stabilitywhen seated and ease of movement when arrangingchairs• 14-gauge steel frame for extreme durabilitySTORAGE• Matching Move & Store Cart (see following page)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering Nota Chairs, please specify the following:SIZE: 14 1 /2" (37 cm), 16" (40.5 cm), 17 1 /2" (44 cm), 19" (48 cm),or 20 1 /2" (52 cm) seat-to-floor frame height.FRAME FINISH: Black, Chrome or Grey. See colors below.SEAT/BACK: Choose from colors below. Samples are available uponrequest.0320000 Nota Premier Chair, 12 lbs (5.4 kg) ...........50-99qty. $207ea.Black • Plum • Red • Green • Grey • BlueNota ®Standard ChairThe unique, patented design of our Nota chair isergonomically unmatched! Every detail has beencarefully crafted to meet the exacting needs of themusician. The design is based on years of customerresearch and consultation with medical experts.USAGEAll music environments, including practice and rehearsal rooms,and performance areasPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Narrow convex back provides lumbar support while stillallowing for freedom and range of movement• Rounded waterfall front accommodates a wider range ofbody sizesCONSTRUCTION• Wear-resistant polypropylene seat and back promote evenweight distribution, greater comfort and a lasting appearance• Powder-coat paint finish for maximum durabilityChrome also available• Durable, specially designed floor glides provide stability whenseated and ease of movement when arranging chairs• Specially designed stacking bumpers provide maximumstability and protection when chairs are stacked• 14-gauge steel frame for extreme durabilitySTORAGE• Matching Move & Store Cart (see following page)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering Nota Chairs, please specify the following:SIZE: 14 1 /2" (37 cm), 16" (40.5 cm), 17 1 /2" (44 cm), 19" (48 cm),or 20 1 /2" (52 cm) seat-to-floor frame height.FRAME FINISH: Black, Chrome or Grey. See colors below.SEAT/BACK: Choose from colors below. Samples are available uponrequest.0330000 Nota Standard Chair, 11 lbs (5 kg) .........50-99qty. $91ea.Black • Plum • Red • Green • BlueYou can add accessorieslike tablet arms and lowbrass instrument holders toNota chairs. See page 13.Nota’s narrow convex backhelps open the rib cage forbetter diaphragmaticbreathing.The uniquely designedNota stacks easily like ourother posture chairs.Nota Chairframe finishesPREMIERSTANDARDBlackChromeGrey800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

CHAIRS • 13Nota Chair AccessoriesChair Move& Store CartRolls easily down hallways, aroundcorners and through standard doorwaysto move chairs between rehearsaland performance areas. Stores up to18 Nota Standard or 12 Nota Premierchairs. See page 18 for more information.NOTA ®MUSICPOSTURE CHAIRS127A261 Move and Store Cart,30 lbs (13.6 kg) ..............................$328054D500 Dust Cover .......................................$92Nota Accessories(Not available for Nota conBRIO chairs)Nota is not just innovative, it’s versatile. Fromsousaphone and tuba holder attachments tofolding tablet arms and sleek book racks; theseaccessories make Nota an all-around greatchair. Assembly is required for all accessories.190A184 Nota Chair Sousaphone Holder11 lbs (5 kg)............................................$192190A187 Nota Chair Tuba Rest3 lbs (1.4 kg).............................................$980331010 Nota Chair Universal Folding Tablet Arm5 lbs (3 kg)................................................$80190A066 Nota Chair Book & Music Storage Rack2 lbs (1 kg)................................................$48190A059 Nota Chair Ganging Clamps ....$15/set of 2Note: Accessories prohibit chair stacking. Nota chairs sold separately.Assembly required on tablet arms.Desk folds completelyout of the way whennot in use.Tablet Arms are11½"(29 cm) x14" (36 cm)New GangingClamps makeconnecting Notachairs a snap.Lincoln-Way West High School, New Lenox, IllinoisUniversalTabletArms workleft or rightCompanion Product:Bravo MusicStandpages 22-23R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,ProductSheets andTech SheetsChoice of color laminate tablets. Edging is black.Pebble Graphite Cherry EveningTigrisFusionMapleSolarOakWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/chairs800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

14 • CHAIRSM U S I C P O S T U R E C H A I R SMusician ChairExtra padding and upholstery keeps musicianscomfortable during long sessions. High-quality fabricsdeliver an enhanced appearance that will last.R E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Music Standspages 22-25Chapman Middle School, Chapman, KansasLiterature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheets andTech SheetsUSAGEProfessional or higher-education environments that require extendedpractice and performance sessionsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Wenger’s Posture Chair design promotes easier breathing• Padded and upholstered for added comfort• Generously sized seat and back for proper support• Six heights available to accommodate most musicians• Chair glides provide increased durability and stability• Accepts folding tablet arm, storage rack, sousaphone holder, tuba restCONSTRUCTION• 16-gauge, square-tube framing and 14-gauge rear crossmember forincreased durability• Powder coat paint finish for maximum durability. Chrome also available• Long-lasting, high-quality fabrics• Attractive selection of upholstery and frame finishes• 2" (5 cm) contoured seat cushion for extra comfortSTORAGE• Move & Store Cart on next page • Stackable designO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering Musician Chairs, please specify the following:SIZE: 15 1 /2" (39 cm), 16" (41 cm), 17" (43 cm), 17 1 /2" (44 cm), 18 1 /2" (47 cm), or19 1 /2" (49.5 cm) seat-to-floor frame height.FRAME FINISH: Black or chrome.See colors at right.SEAT/BACK: Choose from colors shown below.Color samples are available upon request.0920000 Musician Chair, 15 lbs, 10 oz. (7.1 kg).......................................50-99qty. $202ea.Musician Chairframe finishesBlackChromeWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/chairsGreen • Blue • Plum • Red • Black • Grey800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

CHAIRS • 15Student ChairOur original Posture Chair’s unique design providesproper support for increased comfort and promotes amore natural performance.USAGEAll music environments, including practice and rehearsal rooms, andperformance areasPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Wenger’s Posture Chair design promotes easier breathing• Generously sized seat and back for proper support• Six heights available to accommodate most musicians• Chair glides provide increased durability and stability• Accepts folding tablet arm, storage rack, sousaphone holder, tuba restshown at rightCONSTRUCTION• 16-gauge, square-tube framing and 14-gauge rear crossmember forincreased durability• Powder coat paint finish for maximum durability. Chrome also available• Wear-resistant polypropylene seat and back for even weight distribution,more comfort, and a great look for years to comeSTORAGE• Move & Store Cart shown at right • Stackable designO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering Student Chairs, please specify the following:SIZE: 15 1 /2" (39 cm), 16" (41 cm), 17" (43 cm), 17 1 /2" (44 cm), 18 1 /2"(47 cm), or 19 1 /2" (49.5 cm) seat-to-floor frame height.FRAME FINISH: Black or chrome. See colors at right.0930000 Student Chair, 14 lbs (6.4 kg)50-99 qty. (black frame).......................$6050-99 qty. (chrome frame)...................$80“I like theposturesupport theStudent Chairsprovide. They’reused throughout ourdistrict and we’vebeen extremelyhappy with them.”– Marc Riegel,Band Director,ChapmanMiddle School,Chapman,KansasStudent Chairframe finishesBlackBlackChromeChair Move & Store Cart• Easy to use and saves setup time• Model for Nota, Student, Musician, Cellist andPlayright Chairs shown here. Model for SymphonyChair shown on page 16• Holds 18 Nota Standard or 12 Premier Chairs, 18Student, 10 Musician, 10 Playright, or 10 Cellist Chairs• Durable steel construction with easy-roll casters• Assembly required127A261 Move & Store Cart30 lbs (13.6 kg) ................................$328054D500 Dust Cover .........................................$92190A059 Ganging Clamps..................$15/set of 2Folding Tablet Arm• Ready-made writing desk• Folds behind chair when not in use• Left- and Right-hand versions for Studentand Musician Chairs• Available in Pebble/Chrome finish only• May be added anytime (assembly required)• Note: Prohibits chair stacking0939014 Right-Hand Folding Tablet Arm Only8 lbs, 8 oz. (3.9 kg).............................$700939015 Left-Hand Folding Tablet Arm Only8 lbs, 8 oz. (3.9 kg).............................$70Prices do not include chair.Book & Music StorageRacks• Available in side-mount or under-chair styles• Durable wire rack, chrome finish• Fits Student and Musician Chairs• May be added at any time• Note: Prohibits chair stacking054A050 Side-Mounted Book Rack2 lbs (0.9 kg).......................................$48054B286 Under-Chair Book Rack2 lbs (0.9 kg).......................................$48Prices do not include chair.Tuba RestChair Accessories• Adjustable, vinyl-clad support stand• Helps student properly position the tuba andfocus on technique• Height-adjustable• Note: Prohibits chair stacking054A160 Tuba Rest, 3 lbs, 7 oz. (1.6 kg) .........$98Price does not include chair.Sousaphone Holder• Adjustable, vinyl-clad support stand• Great for storage and prevents damage dueto handling• Note: Prohibits chair stacking054B159 Sousaphone Holder Only11 lbs (5 kg) ................................$192106C001 Student Chair and SousaphoneHolder, 25 lbs (11.3 kg)..............$275NOTE: When ordering the Sousaphone Holder with a Student Chair, ablack 17 1 /2" (44 cm) chair with chrome frame will be sent unlessotherwise specified.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

16 • CHAIRSS P E C I A LT Y C H A I R SSymphony ChairSophisticated, classic styling meets proper posture.Molded high-density foam seat and back create firm,total body support. Adjustable angle provides two idealpositions for string and wind players.R E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Music Standspages 22-25Metea Valley High School, Aurora, IllinoisLiterature available:(call or download from the web)Tech Sheets,FabricSamplesUSAGEDesigned for maximum comfort duringlong rehearsals and performancesPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Posture Chair design ensures the best possible performing position• Generously sized seat and back for proper support• Molded, high-density foam seat and back for firm, total body supportand comfortCONSTRUCTION• 14-gauge, oval-tube framing for increaseddurability• Powder coat paint finish for maximumdurability.• Premium, durable upholstery and formal,all-black styling• Two standard seat-to-floor frame heights:18 1 /2" (47 cm) and 19 1 /2" (50 cm)• Optional adjustable lumbar padSTORAGE• Matching Move & Store Cart holds 6 chairs• Stackable design with nylon bumpersO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering Symphony Chairs, please specify the following:SIZE: 18 1 /2" (47 cm) or 19 1 /2" (50 cm) seat-to-floor heights0970000 Symphony Chair, 21 lbs (9.5 kg)..........................1-49qty. $421ea.0979131 Adjustable Lumbar Pad, 1 lbs (0.5 kg)......................................$64112A094 Move & Store Cart, 29 lbs (13.2 kg) ........................................$343112A093 Ganging Clamps ...................................................................$10/ea.Web link:www.wengercorp.com/chairsAdjustableLumbar Pad800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

CHAIRS • 17Cellist ChairCellists require a unique playing position that standard chairscannot accommodate. Our chair has been specially designed toput cellists in the optimal lean-forward position that successfullystabilizes and comfortably supports this trying posture.String Bassist/Percussionist ChairFull support for the half-seated position. Continuous comfortand support are essential to a focused performance.But what’s more, the chair’s adjustable design also givesmusicians the flexibility to find their own ideal position.“Besidesteachingorchestra, I playcello professionallyand give lessons.I really like the CelloChair and stronglybelieve it is very goodfor posture – helpingstudents lean forwardwhile keeping theirbacks tall. The chairshelp students keepmore engaged in theirplaying and they alsolook great.”Mark Liu, OrchestraDirector, Metea ValleyHigh School, Aurora,IllinoisUSAGEDesigned to provide comfort throughout eventhe longest rehearsalsCONSTRUCTION• Provides the ideal lean and balancerequirements of a cellist• Powder coat paint finish for maximumdurability. Chrome also available• Fully cushioned seat and back with nonslipupholstered surface for long-lasting comfort• Strong, durable 16-gauge steel framing• Standard 18 1 /2" (47 cm) and 19 1 /2" (49.5 cm)seat-to-floor frame heights(custom heights available)STORAGE• Matching Move & Store Cart; see page 18O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering the Cellist Chair, please specify the following:SIZE: 18 1 /2" (47 cm) or 19 1 /2" (50 cm) seat-to-floor heightsSEAT/BACK: See colors below.Color samples available on request.FRAME FINISH: Grey, black, or chrome.0940000 Cellist Chair, 18 lbs (8.2 kg).........1-9qty. $244ea.The Cellist Chair isspecially designed tosupport the forwardlean of a cellist.Cellist Chairframe finishesGreyBlackChromeUSAGEDesigned for the half-seated, half-standingposition used by bassists and percussionistsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Cushioned seat supports half-seated,half-standing posture• Seat swivel locks for bassist use. Swivels 170degrees for the extended range ofpercussionists• Combined pneumatic seat height andfootrest adjustment• Low back and small, rounded seatCONSTRUCTION• Strong, durable steel framing• Standard black frame• Choose from the upholstery colors below• Some assembly requiredO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering the String Bassist/ Percussionist Chair, please specifythe following:SEAT/BACK: See colors below.157D091 String Bassist/Percussionist Chair - Black31 lbs (14.1 kg)................................................$608Green • Blue • Plum • Red • Black • GreyGreen • Blue • Plum • Red • Black • Grey800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

18 • CHAIRSS P E C I A LT Y C H A I R SChair Move & Store Cart• Saves setup time• Easy to use• Model for Nota, Nota conBRIO, Student, Musician, and Cellist Chairs shownhere. Model for Symphony Chair shown on page 16• Holds 18 Nota Standard, 12 Nota Premier, 18 Nota conBRIO Standard, 12Nota conBRIO Premier, 18 Student, 10 Musician, 10 Playright, or10 Cellist Chairs• Durable steel construction witheasy-roll casters• Compact, easy to store• Assembly required127A261054D500Move & Store Cart30 lbs (13.6 kg) ....................$328Dust Cover..............................$92Keep your chairs cleanwhen they are instorage or transportwith our dust cover.Shown with 18Nota conBRIOStandard chairs.Prosper High School, Prosper, TexasR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Music Standspages 22-25Literature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheets andTech SheetsNoble & Greenough School, Dedham, MassachusettsEnsemble Stool• Black-enamel frame• Telescoping legs• Sealed natural wood seat• Legs adjust from 25" (64 cm) to 33" (84 cm)Web link:www.wengercorp.com/chairs104B001 Ensemble Stool, 11 lbs (5 kg) ...............$169800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

CHAIRS • 19Sousaphone ChairBefore 1946, playing the sousaphone was a very awkward exercise.Even students with the desire and talent were often too overwhelmedby the instrument’s size and cumbersome nature to stick with it. HarryWenger, a band leader and educator always looking for ways to helphis students and fellow musicians, designed a chair that supports theinstrument’s bulk and lets musicians concentrate on their technique.The Sousaphone Chair hasn’t changed much since Harry Wenger’soriginal design. And neither has Wenger’s desire to develop theinnovations that enhance your musician’s abilities.• The Wenger Nota and Student Chairs also offer an optional Sousaphone Holder forimproved posture; see page 13• Wenger also offers a Sousaphone Wall Bracket for superior storage; see page 61• Assembly required046D001Sousaphone Chair 15 lbs (6.8 kg)......$295Other Wenger Chairs in this catalog:Workstation Chair• Available with or without arms• Available in fabric or poly seat• Height adjustable• 5-caster base• Available in Black onlyp.40Fixed Audience SeatingFixed audience seating from Wenger has been designed with anextremely efficient and quiet lifting mechanism that eliminates noise tomaximize quiet throughout the performance. Plus, seats not in use aredesigned to maintain the acoustics of the space. True to the Wengertradition, this seating is handcrafted andergonomically designed to providesuperior comfort and an attractiveappearance for years and years.p.128Portable Audience Chairsp.131A flexible alternative to fixed audience seating thatcan quickly adapt to your changing needs. Thesechairs combine all the features you wouldexpect from a luxury theatre chair at a pricethat’s affordable. Comes in Standard orPremier styles, and double and tripleconfigurations.p.130High-DensityPortable AudienceChairs by Clarin ®This strong, durable folding portableaudience seating sets up fast and storescompactly. The special X-frame constructionprolongs the life of the chair and provideseven weight distribution for enhancedcomfort. The exclusive Duraflex actionassures level seating on uneven surfaces —and the chair frame automatically returns toits original shape. Padded feet won’t leavemarks on gymnasium or auditorium floors.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

“The Classic 50 stand is surprisingly sturdy, yet lightweight andeasy to move. High school and middle school students can berough on equipment, and these stands can take a licking.”– Basil Kerr, Band Director, Charleston County School of the Arts,North Charleston, South CarolinaCharleston County School of the Arts, North Charleston, South Carolina800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

MUSIC STANDSBravo Music StandPages 22-23Heavy-duty, impact-resistantpolycarbonate desk withdouble tray. Five colors.RoughNeck ®Music StandPages 22-23The metal stand that’s stillthe standard for quality.Classic 50 ®Music StandPages 22-23Built from tough, durablepolycarbonate that flexes but willnot bend or dent like metal.Preface Music StandPages 22-23An economical alternative.Lightweight aluminum desk.Stand LightsPage 24Electric or the latest designin battery-powered LEDlighting to help you see yourmusic in a new light.Gig Stand ®Folding Music StandPage 25Patented, fold-down designmakes this a great portable stand.Perfect for groups or individualswho travel frequently.Portastand Folding Music StandPage 25An economical travelingstand for musicians. Nyloncordura covering also servesas a music portfolio.Acoustic ShieldPage 26Effectively reduces damagingsound energy when placeddirectly behind the head ofa musician.Music Stand CartsPage 27Make the cumbersome task ofcarrying and organizing yourmusic stands easy.Flex Conductor’s StandPages 30Sturdy, stylish and easy to move.Large desk and optional basketsgive directors lots of room.Preface Conductor’s StandPage 33Gives conductors big, solidperformance and easy storage.Director’s StandPage 33A lightweight, easy-to-usestand with a traditionaltripod base.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

22 • MUSIC STANDSM U S I C S T A N D SWenger Music StandsWenger music stands are built to withstand wear and neverwobble. From the nearly indestructible Bravo music standthat won’t chip or dent to the traditional elegance of theClassic 50 stand to our RoughNeck stand, which is still thestandard for quality metal performance.There’s also our Preface music stand — the reliable,lightweight stand withan economical price.It features one-handadjustment andwobble-free base.The recess in thedesk tray allows forstands to nest tightlyfor storage.Music stands should lookgreat and work great foryears, without you havingto worry about them. That’swhy it makes sense to investin Wenger quality.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering Bravo Music Stands, please specify the following:DESK COLOR: See colors below. Color samples available on request.FRAME FINISH: Grey, black, or chrome. See samples below.(RoughNeck, Classic 50 and Preface available in Black only)1020000 Bravo Stand, 7 lbs (3.1 kg)....................................20-59qty. $71ea.037C001039E500RoughNeck Stand, 8.3 lbs (3.7 kg).......................20-59qty. $54ea.Classic 50 Stand, 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg) ..........................20-59qty. $48ea.237B500 Preface Stand 5.7 lbs (2.9 kg)...............................20-59qty. $33ea.Blue Valley Southwest High School, Overland Park, KansasBravo Stand desk colors: (match Nota ® chairs and other Wenger products)R E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Music PostureChairspages 10-15Literature available:(call or download from the web)Bravo Standframe finishesRed • Green • Blue • Plum • BlackGreyBlackChromeWeb link:ProductSheets andTech Sheetswww.wengercorp.com/standsMusic StandLeg Caps• Formed vinyl caps• Provides extra floor protection• Fits all Wenger steel base stands037T045 Music Stand Leg Cap Set ........$6800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

MUSIC STANDS • 23Bravo shown withBlue desk andChrome frame.See all color optionson page 22All Wenger standsare GREENGUARDCertified by theGREENGUARDEnvironmentalInstitute (GEI)Move & Store Carts for all standscan be found on page 27.Bravo RoughNeck ® Classic 50 ® Preface USAGEThe premier heavy-dutystand for concertsand rehearsals whereappearance is paramountAll-steel stand built towithstand years of abuseLightweight yet durableall-purpose stand thatprovides quiet, rattle-freeoperationLightweight economystandDESK DIMENSIONS20 3 /8" x 16 3 /4" (52 x 43 cm)desk height overall with shelf20" x 12 1 /2"(51 cm x 31 cm) desk20" x 13 1 /2"(51 cm x 34 cm) desk20" x 13 1 /2"(51 cm x 34 cm) deskHEIGHT ADJUSTABILITY22 1 /2" to 46 1 /2" (57 cm to118 cm), desk lip to floor25 1 /2" to 49" (65 cm to124 cm), desk lip to floor25 1 /2" to 49" (65 cm to124 cm), desk lip to floor25 1 /2" to 49" (65 cm to124 cm), desk lip to floorSLIDERbrass spring slidermechanismbrass spring slidermechanismbrass spring slidermechanismbrass spring slidermechanismWEIGHT 7 lbs (3.1 kg) 8.3 lbs (3.7 kg) 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg) 5.7 lbs (2.9 kg)DESK MATERIALPolycarbonate desk islightweight yet impactresistant. Desk won’t chipor scratch22-gauge steel desk withrolled edges protectsinstruments and resistsbendingBlack polycarbonate deskkeeps its classicappearanceLightweight aluminumdesk with large, onepieceattachment bracketFEATURES• Accessory shelf holdspencils, reeds, etc.• Bolt-through deskattachment• Bolt-through deskattachment• Recess in desk forpencils, reeds, etc.• Bolt-through deskattachment• Cut out on desk tray allowsstands to nest tightly• Bolt-through deskattachmentBASE & POSTAll Wenger desks connect tothe post with a universalconnection that will holdtight for years.• 12-gauge steel weldedbase for extreme durability• Wobble-free baseattachment• 18-gauge inner postprevents denting andkeeps slider mechanismfunctioning freely• 1 1 /2" (3.8 cm), 18-gaugeouter tube for heavy-dutystability• Durable powder-coat paintor chrome finish• 12-gauge steel welded basefor extreme durability• Wobble-free baseattachment• 18-gauge inner postprevents denting and keepsslider mechanismfunctioning freely• 1" (2.5 cm), 18-gauge outertube for heavy-duty stability• Durable powder-coat paintfinish• Strong, one-piecepolycarbonate base forexcellent stability• Wobble-free baseattachment• 18-gauge inner postprevents denting andkeeps slider mechanismfunctioning freely• 1"(2.5 cm), 18-gauge outertube for easy transport• Durable powder-coatpaint finish• 14-gauge steel weldedbase for durability• Wobble-free baseattachment• 18-gauge inner postprevents denting andkeeps slider mechanismfunctioning freely• 1"(2.5 cm), 18-gaugeouter tube for easytransport• Durable powder-coatpaint finishCOLORS 5 Colors, shown on page 22 Black Black BlackTRANSPORT & STORAGE Music Stand Move & Store Carts - Page 27800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

24 • MUSIC STANDSM U S I C S TA N D S & A C C E S S O R I E SOrchestra LightThe LED Orchestra Light is thebrightest, most efficient, most versatilemusic stand light on the market.• Nine LEDs illuminate up to four pages ofsheet music• Two brightness levels• Powered by an AC adaptor or 3 AAA batteries• Sturdy spring clip for attachment to stand• Flexible gooseneck for precise adjustmentDurable zipperbag included.237A033Orchestra Music Stand Light, 8 oz (0.2 kg)............................................................1-23 qty. $72Battery-Operated Stand LightsCompact, attractive, and adjustable, these battery-operatedstand lights work with all Wenger stands. Features all-LEDtechnology, so no bulbs to replace.EnvironmentallyresponsibleSaves EnergyDuet LED Music Stand LightDuet II LED Music Stand LightBall State University, Muncie, IndianaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Nota Posture Chairspages 10-13Literature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheets andTech Sheets• Dual flexible arms provide infinite maneuverability• Luma Lenz provides evenly distributed light with no hot spots• Extra strong grip clip• Uses 3 AAA batteries (not included)• Duet II contains 2 super LEDs on each head, each with its own switch• Duet II includes AC adaptor (110-240 volts)237A026237A027Duet LED Music Stand Light, 3.5 oz (0.1 kg)..........1-23qty. $26ea.Duet II LED Music Stand Light, 4 oz (0.1 kg)..........1-23qty. $41ea.Electric Stand LightClassic stand light that fits all Wengerstands, and most other manufacturers’stands.Web link:www.wengercorp.com/stands• Heavy-duty with black finish• Includes 40-watt bulb and 6' (1.8m) electrical cord1090001 Music Stand Light, 14 oz (0.4 kg)...........$42Note: A converter is required for international use. Please ask yourWenger rep for more information.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

MUSIC STANDS • 25Gig Stand ®FoldingMusic StandThree-legged base provides superb stabilitybut with a small footprint — rare for a highlyportable stand. The Gig Stand also featuresa lift arm that moves the desk up and downto accommodate the special needs oftimpanists, bell choirs, and jazz musicians.It’s designed to lock into solid positions thatother portable stand makers didn’t thinkpossible. The Gig Stand also stands up tothe weight of an oversized portfolio loadedwith music. Why settle for a flimsy travelstand or an inflexible classroom stand thatwas never meant to travel? Just fold up thispremier portable stand, grab the handleand go.Portastand ®Folding MusicStandPortastand is the ultimate travelingcompanion for musicians. It’s built totravel with you on a bus, plane, or in acar. Its stable, compact design convertseasily to a solid desk surface and providesa broad height adjustment range. And thenylon cordura covering around the desknot only looks professional, but alsoserves as a music portfolio.Portastand foldsdown andincludes ashoulder strapfor easy carrying.USAGEThe durable, reliable, flexible, stabletraveling standPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Unique swing-lift arm adjusts deskheight from 10" to 42" (25 cm to107 cm), desk lip to floor• Durable powder-coat finish resistsscratching and chipping• 16-gauge steel tube and baseCONSTRUCTION• Folds down to 4 5 /8" x 24 1 /2" x 20"(12 cm x 62 cm x 51cm)• 14" x 20" (36 cm x 51 cm)aluminum desk• 9 lbs (4.1 kg)• Five-year warrantyA handy shoulder tote is available forthe Gig Stand folding music stand.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N143E001 Gig Stand, 9 lbs (4.1 kg) ..........................................1-4qty. $128ea.143A041 Shoulder Tote, 1 lb (0.5 kg) .........................................................$48USAGEA solid, easy-to-carry stand that’s perfect for travelPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Extra wide shelf comfortably displays three sheets of music• Equipped with two wind resistor straps to help secure music• Converts quickly and easily to a tabletop stand• Adjustable height allows it to be used sitting or standing• Lightweight for easy transportation• Removable shoulder carrying strap• Storage for three pens/pencilsCONSTRUCTION• Heavy duty black steel desk• All-metal tripod adjustable base• Cover available in four colors: black, burgundy, dark green, navy blue• Creates orchestral-sized desk — 21" (53 cm) x 14" (36 cm)• Height range 28" (71 cm) to 58" (147 cm) to top of desk; 18" (46 cm) to48" (122 cm) desk lip to floor• 8 lbs (3.6 kg)• One-year warrantySTORAGE• Stores compactly• Nylon cordura jacket creates music portfolio• Integrated pen/pencil storage• Tripod storage and storage straps• Washable nylon cordura coverO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N143A200 Black - Portastand, 8 lbs (3.6 kg) ..............................1-4qty. $61ea.143A201 Navy - Portastand, 8 lbs (3.6 kg) ..............................1-4qty. $61ea.143A202 Burgundy - Portastand, 8 lbs (3.6 kg) ......................1-4qty. $61ea.143A203 Green - Portastand, 8 lbs (3.6 kg).............................1-4qty. $61ea.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

26 • MUSIC STANDSM U S I C S T A N D A C C E S S O R I E SAcoustic ShieldEffectively reduces potentially damagingsound energy. Portable design makes iteasy to place in the best position. Uniquecantilever arm extends over chair backsjust behind the head of the musician. Foldscompactly, with built-in carrying handle.Low-profile base provides excellent stabilitywithout interfering with feet or stands.• Large 23" x 17" (58 cm x 43 cm) shield surface formaximum diffusion• Adjustable height from 10" to 43" (25 cm to 109 cm)• Folds compactly with built-in carrying handle143E102 Acoustic Shield, 12 lbs (5.4 kg) ..........$248Tuba Tamer• Special design helps musicians controland properly position the instrument• Liberates the musician to focus on technique• Adjustable, vinyl-clad instrument supportstand protects the tuba• Height-adjustable• Ideal for rehearsal and performance• Great for storage and helpsprevent damage due tofrequent handling• Assembly required049E001 Tuba Tamer27 lbs (12.2 kg) ..................$467 The Tuba Tamer offers support whileplaying and is ideal for in-room storage.Cymbal StandR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Music Standspages 22-25Web link:Lincoln-Way West High School, New Lenox, IllinoisLiterature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheets andTech Sheetswww.wengercorp.com/standsOur freestanding Cymbal Stand holdscymbals at the ideal height for easy accessand keeps them quiet until their big moment.USAGEStores cymbals at ideal height for easy accessPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Accommodates cymbals up to 22" (56 cm)• Chrome base with vinyl coating cushions contact pointsand eliminates vibration to keep resting cymbals quiet• Easily adjusts to the perfect height for rehearsalor performanceCONSTRUCTION• Tough vinyl coating prevents vibration duringperformance and protects cymbals when not in use• Assembly requiredO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N1109101 Cymbal Stand,18 lbs (8.2 kg) ......................................................$380800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

MUSIC STANDS • 27Large Music StandMove & Store Cartshown with 18Bravo StandsMusic Stand Move& Store CartsMove music stands from rehearsal room to performance stageand back again with ease. Simplifies setup and safeguardsyour Wenger music stands.Large Music Stand Move &Store Cart shown with 20Classic 50 StandsLARGE CART• Large center wheels, smaller outside wheels deliver a smooth ride upramps, around corners and over thresholds• Dual-wheel design and easy-grip handles increase control aroundcorners and going up and down stairs• Holds 18 Bravo, 22 RoughNeck, 20 Classic 50 or up to 22 Preface Stands• Easy-grip handles for increased comfort, as well as better control andimproved overall maneuverability• Accommodates stands from most other manufacturers• Easy for one person to handle• Loads and unloads quickly from both sidesSMALL CART• Easy one-person operation, even on stairs• Holds 9 Bravo, 11 RoughNeck, 10 Classic 50, or up to 11 PrefaceMusic Stands• Space-saving footprintAssembly required. Stands sold separately.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N039C202 Large Music Stand Move & Store Cart38 lbs (17.2 kg)...................................................................$427039D201 Small Music Stand Move & Store Cart21 lbs (9.5 kg).....................................................................$317Large Music Stand Move & Store Cartshown with 20 Classic 50 Stands.Special pricing available if carts purchased with stands.Small Music Stand Move & Store Cartshown with 11 RoughNeck Stands.“The large Move & Store Stand Cart is great – openings oneach end enable quick, easy access. These carts help keepmy room looking neater and they also save space.”– Cydney Dixon, Band DirectorLower Lake High School, Lower Lake, CaliforniaPadded handles add total comfort andcontrol. You can also add a long-shaftpadlock – available at most hardware stores– to give your Wenger Move & Store Cartsextra cost-efficient security.With a center pivot point and slightlyraised outside wheels, the LargeMove & Store Cart offers exceptionalmaneuverability.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

"When faced with the challenge of integrating our new Yamahapianos with our music technology lab, the Wenger Piano WorkDesks proved to be the perfect solution. Their solid construction andfunctional design provided us with the aesthetically pleasing answer wewere looking for."– Melissa Gunter, Director of Piano StudiesValley Christian Schools, San Jose, CaliforniaValley Christian Schools, San Jose, California800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLSCONDUCTOR’S EQUIPMENTFlex ® Conductor’s SystemPages 30-31Build your personal conductor’senvironment with interchangeablelengths, adjustable heights and more.Conductor’s SystemPage 32Elevated stand, podium and chairfor the perfect teaching andconducting position.Preface Conductor’s StandPage 33Gives conductors big, soliddesktop and storage.Rehearsal Resource CenterPage 34Minimizes downtime by putting allyour controls, electronics and lessonmaterials right at your fingertips.TEACHING AIDSStereo WorkstationsPage 35Keep all your stereo equipment,CDs, tapes and even your laptopin these secure, mobile units.teacherTAXI ®Pages 37Transitional teaching hasnever been easier with thisrolling smart cart.Music Lab WorkstationsPages 39-40Workspaces designed forkeyboards, computers, speakersand your music.Markerboardsand TackboardsPages 42-45Replace the chalkboard withdry-erase and tackboard space.ELEMENTARY PRODUCTSfootNOTES ®Page 46Kids can learn whilethey play.flipFORMS ®Page 47Learn, perform and flip theseunits into several shapes –risers, platforms, seats, etc.Elementary StorageCabinetsPage 48Big storage spaces thathold a lot of little things.ORFFmobile ® andORFFgarage ®Page 49Great playing, transport andstorage space for ORFFinstruments.lessonWORKS ®Page 44Present bigger, bolder,more engaging lessons onthis mobile, magnetic,dry-erase board.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

30 • TEACHING TOOLSF L E X ®C O N D U C T O R ’ SS Y S T E MFlex ®Conductor’s SystemThe new Flex Conductor’s System from Wenger is theultimate multitool. You can customize it with the tools youneed, where you need them. This system combines thesimplicity of a large, adjustable conductor’s stand with aversatile TechBridge that holdsthe high-tech tools you useevery day. Accessory mounts letyou add laptops, iPads, MIDIkeyboards, speakers, MP3players and much more to thesystem. Customize a workspacethat works for you by adjustingthe height, angle andcombination of tools you want.You’ll wonder how you ever got along without it.USAGEA customizable system that allows the conductor to create a personalworkspace perfect for his or her own needsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Ergonomically designed - easily adjust heights, angles, positions and morefor a back-saving workspace• TechBridges of various lengths connect to the stand and allow the user toadd various tools to the systemConductor’s StandAClay Center Middle School, Clay Center, KansasQR CODESnap this QRcode to viewour Flex systemsetup onYouTube!R E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Rehearsal Resource Centerpage 34Literature available:(call or download from the web)CONSTRUCTION• Now in polycarbonate or high-pressure laminatedesk in a graphite finish• Desk is 27" w x 20" d (69 x 51 cm)• Desk rotates and locks into position so thelip may be toward or away from the user• Desk tilts from flat to vertical• Desk height is adjustable from 30" - 48" (76 cm - 1.2 m)• Cast iron base with wheels for easy transportFlex Conductor’s Stand:236B002 Polycarbonate Desk, 39.3 lbs (17.7 kg)...................$554236B011 High-Pressure Laminate Desk, 40.9 lbs (18.4 kg) .......$565236B006 Optional Baskets, pair, 3.6 lbs (1.6 kg) .......................$90HPL DeskPolycarbonate DeskWeb link:ProductSheets andTech Sheetswww.wengercorp.com/instructorsequipment“The Flex is perfect for the technology I use in my classroom,including laptop, smart board, iPad, mixer and my iPhone.I think technology greatly enhances teaching when usedcorrectly and the Flex makes this easy.”– Matt Bradford, Director of Bands, Clay Center Schools, Clay Center, Kansas800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

Create the Flex Conductor’s System that’s right for you!Purchase the components you need including TechBridges ofvarious lengths and accessories that clamp right on!TEACHING TOOLS • 31Don’t leave your laptop atyour desk. Have it withineasy reach on our tiltableattachment.Customize the length ofyour TechBridge withbridge lengths of 2' (61 cm)to 8' (2.4 m).Clamp on a desktop worksurfacewherever you like. It’s perfect foriPods, mixers, microphones,music books, speakers...DBAThe centerpiece of the new FlexConductor’s System is the standitself. It’s large, more versatileand rotates, tilts and swivels rightwhere you like it.MIDI keyboards rest comfortablyon the TechBridges. The specialkeyboard attachment holds mostsizes of electronic keyboards.DSet the perfectheight for you andthen tighten it inplace.SYSTEM COMPONENTS:A-la-carte – Purchase the parts youneed to customize your system:• Conductor’s Stand• Storage baskets that mountunder desk• Conductor’s Podium• Conductor’s Chair• TechBridges in various sizes• Keyboard mount• Laptop mount• Worksurface mount• Cupholder• iPad mount(shown)• Power stripshelfThe TechBridges swivelto just about any angle,allowing you to customizeyour conducting space.CIs it sturdy? Youbet. Heavy, castiron footingsgive it a confidentfoundation.Conductor’s ChairBConductor’s PodiumCTechBridgeDCONSTRUCTION• Posture-enhancing seatpositions a conductorto lead• Swivels 170 degrees orlocks in position• Easy-to-use pneumaticheight adjustment forseat and footrest• Stable 5-leg design• Choice of several fabriccolors shown below157D091Conductor’s Chair, black,30 lbs (13.6 kg) .....................................$608Green • Blue • Plum • Red • Black • GreyBy adding Tech-Bridges and attachments,the FlexConductor’s Systemcan be customizedto meet your exactneeds.CONSTRUCTION• Base podium: 43"w x 38"d x 6"h(109 cm x 97 cm x 15 cm)• Upper podium: 32"w x 38"d x 6"h(81 cm x 97 cm x 15 cm)• Upper podium locks securelyonto base podiumand includes adetachable safety rail• Durable grey carpetedsurface• Sides are black, one-piecesteel framework for extra support• Built-in wheels for easy mobility158E002158E001Base Podium 52 lbs (23.6 kg)..........$467Upper Podium with rail49 lbs (22.2 kg).................................$5421110302 Double Podium with rail101 lbs (45.8 kg)...............................$969CONSTRUCTION• Cast iron legs for stabilityand wheels for easytransport and repositioning• Height adjustable from29" - 41" (74 cm - 104 cm)floor to bridge top withno accessories• Lengths include 2', 3', 4', 5', 6', 7' and 8'(61 cm, 91 cm, 1.2 m, 1.5 m, 1.8 m, 2.1 mand 2.4 m)• Optional accessories include Storage basketsthat mount under desk, Keyboard mount,Laptop computer mount, Worksurface mount, CupholderO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N236A003 TechBridge (3' length), 37 lbs (16.8 kg) ......$249TechBridge (4' length), 38.4 lbs (17.4 kg) ...$261TechBridge (5' length), 40 lbs (18 kg) .........$273TechBridge (6' length), 42 lbs (19 kg) .........$285TechBridge (7' length), 44 lbs (20 kg) .........$297TechBridge (8' length), 45 lbs (20.4 kg) ......$309236A004 Worksurface Mount, 9.5 lbs (4.3 kg) ............$53236A005 Keyboard Mount, 4 lbs (1.8 kg) set of 2 ......$79236A007 Cupholder, .5 lbs (.23 kg) ...............................$22236B008 Laptop Computer Mount, 4.7 lbs (2.1 kg) ..$159236A096 Bridge Clips, .5 lbs (.23 kg) .............................$10236A010 Power Strip Shelf, 1.4 lbs (.63 kg) .................$42236A012 iPad Mount, 2.7 lbs (1.2 kg) ...........................$96800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

32 • TEACHING TOOLSPREFACE CONDUCTOR’S STANDC O N D U C T O R ’ S E Q U I P M E N TConductor’s SystemDesigned to fit perfectly in either the rehearsal room or onstage in the auditorium, Wenger’s Conductor’s System is theperfect setup from which to direct. Built with heavy-dutyconstruction and unwavering stability. The system includes theFlex ® stand (with optional storage baskets), double podium,and chair. You can maximize your purchase by using each itemon its own as well.ABTurn to pages 30-31to see this systemused as part of theFlex Conductor’sSystem.CUSAGEThe perfect way to conduct rehearsal and performanceBlue Valley Southwest High School,Overland Park, KansasR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Rehearsal Resource Centerpage 34Literature available:(call or download from the web)Tech SheetPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Upper podium locks securely onto base podium and includes detachablesafety rail• Adjustable chair backrest lets you tailor back support• Easy-to-use pneumatic height adjustment for seat and footrest• Five-leg design increases stability and meets most task-chair seating codes• Podium and stand have wheels allowing you to transport from rehearsalroom to auditoriumCONSTRUCTION• See individual items listed on pages 30-31 for detailedmaterial and construction specifications• Chair comes in any of the six colors shown below.Podium comes in Grey carpet only.SEEPAGES 30-31 TOPURCHASE ANYOF THESE ITEMSSEPARATELY.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N236B001 Conductor’s System (Stand, podium, chair), 171 lbs (78 kg)....$2,035Web link:www.wengercorp.com/instructorsequipmentGreen • Blue • Plum • Red • Black • Grey800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 33Preface Conductor’s StandThe refined desk, high-end black finish, and dualposts give this stand the appearance of beinga much more expensive piece of equipment.The durable, stable design with ample deskspace and under storage pocket enhanceits functionality. Thankfully,that’s Wenger engineering atwork, because the PrefaceConductor’s Stand is veryaffordable. It’s also extremelylightweight and easy to useand store. In fact, it’s beenexquisitely fine-tuned togive conductors morestand for less money.Director’s StandLightweight, easy-to-use, andtraditional styling.CONSTRUCTION• Transparent polycarbonate desk• Durable tripod base with blackpowder-coat finish• Desk measures 27" x 20"(69 cm x 51 cm) with1 1 /2" (4 cm) lip• Polycarbonate desk surface resistsheavy scratching and chipping• Foot pedal release allows easy height adjustment• Broad tripod base for extra stabilityO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N141C001 Director’s Stand16 lbs (7.3 kg) .......................$379USAGEFunctional, easy-to-use and a great designmake it ideal for all musical environments,including practice and rehearsal roomsand performance areasPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Curved desk design• Lightweight but durable metalconstruction weighs only15.3 lbs 3oz (6.8 kg)• Wobble-free base attachment• Integrated storage keeps all the conductor’sneeds nearby and out-of-sight• Tilting desk allows for easy angle adjustment• Five-year warrantyCONSTRUCTION• Sturdy 1.2-mm-thick aluminum desk• Music desk dimensions: 18 1 /2" x 29" (47 cm x 74 cm)• 2-mm-thick aluminum storage box extends full width ofdesk for enhanced strength• Storage box dimensions: 12 1 /2" x 25" x 2"(32 cm x 64 cm x 5 cm)• Integrated storage box design allows access from bothsides and prevents spills if desk is tipped• Bolt-through desk attachment maintains stability andprevents unexpected separation• Brass spring height adjustment mechanisms set deskquickly and securely from 25 1 /2" to 49 1 /2", desk lip tofloor (65 cm to 125 cm)• 19" x 21" (48 cm x 53 cm) base footprint for exceptional stability• Double upright posts sit in base collars to eliminate wobbleIn addition to thelarge desk, there’sa large storagebox in back formore music.• 12-gauge double base with 14-gauge tie bar further enhance strength andstability• Durable black powder-coat paint finish for a formal appearanceO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N238B001 Preface Conductor’s Stand, 15.3 lbs (6.8 kg)................................$129Folding Conductor’s PodiumWhether you’re going from room to room or across thecountry, the Folding Conductor’s Podium’s lightweight, foldingdesign makes portability extremely easy. The laminatedplywood sides lock into position, creating a stable, securefoundation.USAGESmart, durable design offers excellent stabilityand easy-to-use portabilityCONSTRUCTION• The perfect complement to the Director’s Stand• Interlocking design for strength and stability• High-quality built-in handle made fortransporting• Durable grey carpeted surface on solid-coreplywood frame• Tough steel edging and stable, locking hinges forextra support• Measures 30"w x 30"d x 8"h(76 cm x 76 cm x 20 cm)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N021L022 Folding Conductor’s Podium, 32 lbs (14.5 kg)...........................$348800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

34 • TEACHING TOOLSRehearsal Resource CenterSingle-UnitPerfect when space is limited. Available in a left- orright-curved unit. Both units can be configured witheither stereo rack or drawer options.Twin-SetIdeal if you have a lot of equipment. The two unitscan be configured straight or L-shaped and securedwith connectors.“The Rehearsal Resource Center is real handy for usfor handing out resource material, for clinician purposesor just for all-around uses. It’s something we can reallybe proud of and display.”– Gil Flores, Director of Bands,Prosper High School, Prosper, TexasProsper High School, Prosper, TexasShown in straight configuration with Music Sorting Rack (p. 71). Shown in Cherry finishUSAGEGreatly minimizes down time before, during and after rehearsals by puttingall your controls, electronics, and lesson materials right at your fingertipsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Choice of drawers or rack-mount spacing and shelves for stereo system• Upper storage shelf included• Features six-outlet power strip with 15' (4.6 m) cord and master switch(included with stereo rack option only)• Five 4" (10 cm) swivel casters for easy portabilityCONSTRUCTION• Attractive, durable construction with 1 1 /8" (2.8 cm) thickthermofused composite wood panels finished with polyesterlaminate. See colors below• Contoured design with wrap-around styling• Two lockable rear service doors for access to wiring,with top panel wire grommets for routing cables• Rolls through standard 3' (0.9 m) doorway• Top, bottom and internal panels in graphite• Side panels in choice of colors below• Optional accessories include security doors; legextensions; pass-through folio insert for distribution ofmusic/assignments; speaker shelves; floor runner toprotect cordsOptional legextensions add6" (15.2 cm) toRehearsalResource Centerheight.The optionalspeaker shelvesfold down whennot in use.The Twin-Set Rehearsal Resource Center can be configured in astraight line or in an L-shape to accommodate your teaching styleand space. It’s designed to be easy to use, either standing on thefloor or using a single-step podium.Single-Unit RehearsalResource Center withStereo SpaceO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N – CALL FOR ASSISTANCE121C001 Left Curved Unitwith Stereo Rack Option, 243 lbs (110 kg) .....................................................$1,481with Drawer Option..........................................................................................$1,346121C002 Right Curved Unitwith Stereo Rack Option, 243 lbs (110 kg) .....................................................$1,481with Drawer Option..........................................................................................$1,346121C003 Twin Set ........................................................................................................Call for Pricing121B101 Optional Lower Security Door, 19 lbs (9 kg)..............................................................$126121B102 Optional Upper Security Door, 7 lbs (3 kg)..................................................................$83121B103 Optional Leg Extensions, set of five, 10 lbs (4.5 kg)...................................................$98121B105 Optional Folio Inserts, set of two, 26 lbs (12 kg) ......................................................$174121B106 Optional Speaker Shelves, set of two, 13 lbs (6 kg).................................................$115121A107 Optional Floor Runner, 5' length, 2 lbs (1 kg)..............................................................$40Graphite top,bottom andinternal panelsSide panel color choices – please specify when orderingSingle-Unit RehearsalResource Center withDrawersOptional locking securitypanels are available to helpsafeguard your valuableequipmentWengerMaplePebble Oyster Cherry EveningTigrisFusionMapleSolarOak800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 35Stereo WorkstationKeeps receivers, cassette players,recorders, CD players andspeakers organized and readyto go at a moment’s notice.Everything — from thefront controls to therear wiring — iseasily accessible,but also locked upand secure.REHEARSAL RESOURCE CENTERSTEREO WORKSTATIONSTEREO CABINETShown in SolarOak finishUSAGEKeep all of your stereo equipment organized and at handPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Lockable roll-top, access panel, and base doors• Roll top is Black for Cherry, Evening Tigris and Solar Oak color combinations;Natural Maple for all other color combinations• Smooth-rolling 4" heavy-duty casters• Master power switch controls all electricity to the unit; rear access panelincludes six 3-plug outletsCONSTRUCTION• 24"d x 42"w x 45 1 /2"h (61 cm x 107 cm x 116 cm) base holds most standard,rack-mountable electronic components• Includes three rack-mountable shelves • Color options shown belowO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N147G520 Stereo Workstation, 235 lbs (106.6 kg) ............................................$1,860147A022 Optional Turntable Drawer, 12 lbs (5.4 kg).........................................$205121B106 Optional Speaker Shelves, set of two, 13 lbs (6 kg) ..........................$115Stereo CabinetAnother Wenger solution that’s easy tomanage and hard to live without. Roll itup to any outlet, plug it in, and you’reready to go. Lockable and durable.USAGERoll your stereo equipment whereverit’s neededPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Four easy-rolling, lockable casters• Lockable front door and flip-top turntable orlaptop access• CD drawer holds 46 CDs; cassette drawerholds 30 cassettesCONSTRUCTION• One fixed shelf and three adjustable/removablecomponent shelves for cassette player, CD player and receiver• Dimensions: 21 5 /8"w x 18"d x 40 5 /8"h (55 cm x 46 cm x 103 cm)Shown inPebble finishNorthridge High School, Middlebury, IndianaCompanion Products:Conductor’sSystempage 32R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheets andTech SheetsO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N165H001 Stereo Cabinet, 130 lbs (59 kg).........................................................$1,075Color Options:WengerMaplePebble Oyster Cherry EveningTigrisFusionMapleSolarOakWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/instructorsequipment800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

36 • TEACHING TOOLSW A R D R O B E C A B I N E Tt e a c h e r T A X I ® C A R TWardrobe CabinetWith all you give to the program, it’s time you get somethingjust for you. There’s room for your performance attire, anyuniforms, personal instruments, and even a special space foryour personal files and records.Shown inCherry finishUSAGEKeep all of your personal files, records,instruments, and wardrobe in onesecure placeLincoln Elementary School, Owatonna, MinnesotaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:LessonWORKS ®page 44Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheets andTech Sheetswww.wengercorp.com/instructorsequipmentPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Individual secure storage• Three adjustable shelves for addedflexibility• Two Pendaflex file-sized drawersfor storing personal files• Garment compartment with hangerrod and venting holes to helpdissipate moisture, mildew, and odors• Full, locking door withindividual key• Mirror mounted on inside of doorCONSTRUCTION• Bolt-through construction andtamper-resistant hardware• Shipped fully assembled, withdoor attached• 30 1 /8"w x 29 1 /4"d x 84"hThe perfect addition to your office(76 cm x 74 cm x 213 cm)• Available in all Wenger finishes —body of cabinet matches door except for Oyster, Maple and Pebblewhere body finish is OysterO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N145V006 Wardrobe Cabinet, 355 lbs (161 kg).......................................$1,350800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 37teacherTAXI ® CartYou have teaching tools you need to move from place to place and wehave the one product that makes it perfectly easy. Wenger’s teacherTAXIis engineered with an easy-grip handle and smooth-rolling design thatmakes transitional teaching more convenient than ever. Roll it downhalls, around corners, through tight doorways. It’s fast and nimble on thego and a huge help in the classroom, with plenty of storage space andeasy accessibility to all your essentials. Books, instruments, sheet music,AV equipment, theatre gear, paint, brushes, markers, crayons, paper –whatever your tools and whatever you teach, Wenger teacherTAXI is thesafe and secure way to move them wherever you need them to be.USAGEThe ultimate solution for transporting all your teaching essentials from roomto room, floor to floor, even building to building, with special features thatmake it ideally suited to any teaching curriculumPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Easy to move for any student or adult, even when fully loaded• All-terrain wheels for exceptional, goes-anywhere maneuverability• Static rear wheels ensure straight tracking down narrow hallways• Ergonomically designed with top surface at the ideal working height34 1 /2" (87.6 cm)• Three tiered, stepped shelves allow easy accessCONSTRUCTION• 1 1 /2" (3.8 cm) diameter powder coated curved steel tubular frame is builttough to look great and work hard for years• Two 4" (10 cm) front pivoting swivel casters and two 12" (30.5 cm) staticrear wheels for smooth maneuverability and exceptional stability• Easily fits through standard doorways, hallways, and elevators• Total cart weight empty: approximately 85 lbs (38.5 kg)• Shelf weight load capacity per shelf: 100 lbs (45 kg)• Three large shelves: 42" l x 22 3 /4" w (104 cm x 58 cm)• Adjustable center shelf can also be removed• Two cupholders (1 large, 1 small)• Built-in pencil and marker tray on all shelves• Top transport storage rim keeps instrument cases, keyboards, and othervulnerable items from falling or rolling off edge• Optional accessories include lockable storage drawer for laptopcomputers, purses, and other valuables; retractable surface for specialteaching needs and laptop use; 15 amp/6 outlet UL-approved power stripwith 10' (3 m) cord; plastic storage bins in various shapes and sizes.Call to configure your cartGot a purse, gradebook,cell phone or other valuablesyou need to bringwith you to class? Keepthem secure and out ofsight with the lockablestorage drawer.Instead of a storagedrawer, you can opt fora slide-out shelf for alaptop or gradebook.Your car has them, whynot your TAXI? Don’tleave your coffee, softdrink or water behindwhen you move toanother classroom.Plug in your laptop,projector and morewith the convenientpower strip.Swivel casters in thefront for easymaneuverability and 12"static all-terrain wheelsin the back for smoothmovement.The sturdy handle letsyou easily guide yourteacherTAXI down thehall and around corners.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N204A001 teacherTAXI Cart, 85 lbs (39 kg) ...............................................$655teacherTAXI Cart with lockable drawer...................................$890teacherTAXI Cart with retractable surface ..............................$735Frame colorsStorage drawercan be accessedfrom either side.Blue Purple Green Yellow Orange Red Silver BlackOpaque blue or semi-opaque clearbins are available in several sizes.teacherTAXI has dozens of great usesaround your facility. Use it for music, audiovisual, art, theatre, media, etc.Audio Visual Library Theatre Art800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

38 • TEACHING TOOLSB O O K C A S E SM U S I C L A B W O R K S T A T I O N SBookcasesAffordable and durable, these high-quality shelving unitsgive you a place for books, music, and many of yourother day-to-day teaching aids.Shown in SolarOak finish“The workstations are great – the layout is really goodand everything is easy to reach. They work well with theMac computers we use and the cabling is controlledvery well.”– Basil Kerr, Band Director, Charleston County School ofthe Arts, North Charleston, South CarolinaCharleston County School of the Arts, North Charleston, South CarolinaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:MarkerBoardspages42-45Literature available:(call or download from the web)USAGEDurable, high-quality bookcases in four different sizes to fit your needs.Available in six wood colors to match your other Wenger storagePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Plywood-core construction• Small Bookcase: 30"w x 12"d x 30"h (76 cm x 30 cm x 76 cm) with oneadjustable shelf• Medium Bookcase: 30"w x 12"d x 36"h (76 cm x 30 cm x 91 cm) with twoadjustable shelves• Large Bookcase: 30"w x 12"d x 48"h (76 cm x 30 cm x 122 cm) with threeadjustable shelves• Extra-Large Bookcase: 30"w x 12"d x 72"h (76 cm x 30 cm x 183 cm) withfour adjustable shelves and fixed middle shelf• Available in the colors shown below• Assembly requiredO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N164D002 30" (76 cm) Bookcase, 57 lbs (25.9 kg).....................................$220164D003 36" (91 cm) Bookcase, 68 lbs (30.8 kg).....................................$260164D004 48" (122 cm) Bookcase, 85 lbs (38.6 kg)...................................$305164D005 72" (183 cm) Bookcase, 144 lbs (65.3 kg).................................$415Color Combinations:EveningTigrisFusionMapleWengerMapleProductSheets andTech SheetsWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/classroomproductsCherrySolarOakOyster800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 39Music Lab WorkstationIt’s ergonomically designed and perfect for a 61-key keyboard.No more stacked equipment and tangled cables and cords.Streamlined design gives the user the ability to put componentsin the best position for their needs. Adjustable-height modeloffers even more flexibility.Expanded Music Lab WorkstationThe perfect workspace to handle a full 88-key keyboard.Adjustable-height model glides through most standard doorways.Comes with rack-mount spacing and an 8-outlet powerstrip. Makes an ideal instructor workstation.Shown in SolarOak finishShown inOyster finishUSAGELarge enough for a 61-key keyboard, computer, accessories and music holderto go wherever you need itPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Optional adjustable frame height lowers and raises desk from 28 1 /2" to 35 1 /2"(72 cm to 90 cm).• Includes clear acrylic music holder, right-hand pull-out tablet arm, mouse pad,headphone holder, two front lockable casters, cable clips• Pull-out computer keyboard shelf• Rack-mount area holds four single-space componentsCONSTRUCTION• 48"w x 32"d x 39"h (122 cm x 81 cm x 99 cm) workstation fits throughstandard 36" w (91 cm) doorways. 48" x 16" (122 cm x 41 cm) shelf size• Heavy-duty 14-gauge steel frame with reinforced desk top won’t bow• Durable 3 /4" (19 mm) plywood top and back panels; 3 /4" (19 mm)industrial-grade composite wood on sides• Fixed- and adjustable-height models available• Durable polyester laminate finish. Color options shown belowO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N225C100 Music Lab Workstation with 6-outlet power strip,217 lbs (98.4 kg) .................................................................................$1,090225C102 Adjustable Height Workstation with 6-outlet power strip,225 lbs (102.1 kg) ...............................................................................$1,275225C101 Adjustable Height Workstation with 8-outlet power strip,225 lbs (102.1 kg) ...............................................................................$1,320Assembly requiredWIRE/CABLE CLIPS• Mount behind access panels• Keep wires and cables organizedPOWER STRIP• UL ® -listed • 6 or 8 outlets, 15 amps• Remote master power switch on6' (1.8 m) cord• Requires converter for international useMUSIC HOLDER• Slides over desk lip or sits on top• Tough transparent acrylic• Dimensions: 20"w x 11 1 /2"h(51 cm x 29 cm)USAGEHolds an 88-key keyboard, computer,accessories, music holder, and it rolls wherever you need itPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Adjustable frame height lowers and raises desk from 28 1 /2" to 35 1 /2"(72 cm to 90 cm).• Oversized music keyboard shelf: 60"w x 16"d (152 cm x 41 cm)accommodates large 88-key models• Rack-mount area holds eight single-space components• Includes clear acrylic music holder, right-hand pull-out tablet arm, mousepad, headphone holder, two front lockable casters, cable clips• Pull-out computer keyboard shelfCONSTRUCTION• 61 1 /2"w x 32"d x 39"h (156 cm x 99 cm x 81 cm) workstation rolls throughstandard 36" w (91 cm) doorways• Heavy-duty 14-gauge steel frame with reinforced desk top won’t bow• Durable 3 /4" (19 mm) plywood top and back panels; 3 /4" (19 mm)industrial-grade composite wood on sides• Includes 8-outlet power strip• Durable polyester laminate finish. Color options shown belowO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N225C103 Expanded Workstation, 280 lbs (127 kg) ................................$1,480Color Combinations for Workstations:CherryWengerMapleAssembly requiredEveningTigrisPebbleFusionMapleSolarOak800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

40 • TEACHING TOOLSP I A N O D E S K SP I A N O A C C E S S O R I E SClass Piano WorkstationTop off a 76- or 88-key digital upright piano with this solidplatform for your computer, speakers, sheet music, etc.Ruggedly built with great stability, it gives you the flexibilityto position components for the best possible sightlines.Piano Work DeskToday’s most popular Yamaha digital pianos now have theperfect finishing touch. This new Wenger workspace givesyou plenty of room for all your piano accompaniments, andall at the ideal height. Simple, stylish, and stable, it’s thesmart way to optimize your time at the keyboard.Shown inCherry finishPiano not included.Yamaha pianonot included.USAGEComputer shelf or work desk to allow work space above digital piano.Connects at the cross brace of your piano stand so it requires noadditional fasteners.PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Allows for better usage of space• Desk to hold computer or equipment, books and music• Fits on digital piano, Yamaha YPG635 and DGX630• Connects to piano stand with existing fasteners, no need to add holes• Slot to move music stand from piano to deskCONSTRUCTION• Heavy-duty polyester oyster laminate is adhered to ¾" (19 mm)thermofused industrial-grade composite wood with 3 mm vinyledgebanding on all edges• Reinforced for strength with steel sheet metal with greypowder-coat paint finish• Supported by steel tubes with grey powder-coat paint finish• Desk dimensions are 59.5" (1.5 m) long and 10" (25 cm) wide• 10-year warrantyO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N225A100 Piano Work Desk, 33 lbs (15 kg) ...............................................$250USAGETurns a digital piano into a workstationPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Ergonomic design positions all elements within comfortable reach• Special suction cups securely fasten station to the top of most standalone76-key and 88-key digital pianos• Computer keyboard shelf slides forward to extend over the piano keys,providing simultaneous fingertip access to both keyboards• Outside vertical supports have two adjustment positions to fit variouselectronic piano top profiles, 52 1 /4" (133 cm) and 46 11 /16" (118 cm)CONSTRUCTION• Durable reinforced 3 /4" (19 mm) plywood platform won’t bow• 60"w x 18"d x 5"h (152 cm x 46 cm x 13 cm) station has long-lastingpolyester laminate finish. Color options shown on page 39• New, wider workstation surface for larger monitors and hard drives• Transparent acrylic music holder slides over the lip of the desk to holdmusic at eye level without creating a visual barrier to the front ofthe roomO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N225C024 Class Piano Workstation, 56 lbs (25.4 kg)................................$755Note: Not recommended for pianos with sloping tops.Workstation Chair• Available with or without arms• Available in fabric or poly seat• Height adjustable• 5-caster base• Available in Black onlyFabric Seat223C010 Workstation Chair w/o Arms, 30 lbs (13.5 kg)...............................$345223C020 Workstation Chair w/ Arms, 36 lbs (16.2 kg).......................................$370Poly Seat223C011 Workstation Chair w/o Arms, 30 lbs (13.5 kg)...............................$300223C021 Workstation Chair w/ Arms, 36 lbs (16.2 kg) .................................$310800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 41Piano DolliesHEAVY-DUTY PIANO DOLLY• Holds any studio or upright piano up to13 3 /4" (35 cm) deep• Adds only 6 1 /2" (17 cm) to piano depth,recessed casters add only 3 /4" (1.9 cm) to height• Large 5" (13 cm) ball-bearing casters roll smoothlyon carpet and irregular surfaces1106102 Heavy-duty Piano Dolly Pair, 50 lbs (22.7 kg)...................$335Heavy-Dutyand StandardPiano DolliesWalnut StandardPiano BenchBlack StandardPiano Benchwith padded topBlack StandardArtist Piano BenchSTANDARD PIANO DOLLY• Adds only 3" (8 cm) to piano depth and just 3 /4" (1.9 cm) to height• 2 1 /2" (6 cm) rubber casters help protect floorsWalnut1106101 Standard Piano Dolly Pair, 23 lbs (10.4 kg) .......................$165DIGITAL PIANO DOLLY• Adjusts from 47" – 68" w and 15" – 22" d• Heavy-gauge steel construction1106301 Digital Piano Dolly, 38 lbs (17 kg) ......................................$335Piano TrucksSPINET PIANO TRUCKSpinet Piano• Length adjusts from 46 1 /2" to 61 1 /2" (118 cm to 156 cm),Truckwidth from 17 3 /4" to 30" (45 cm to 76 cm)• Adds only 16 1 /4" (41 cm) to piano length, 3" (8 cm) to width, 2 1 /8" (5 cm) to height.• Six 3 1 /2" (9 cm) swivel casters for easy maneuverability1106204 Spinet Piano Truck, 56 lbs (25.4 kg)...................................$633GRAND PIANO TRUCK• Three adjustable models accommodate most grand pianos• Heavy-duty 5" (13 cm) casters for easy maneuverability• Low-profile design raises piano only 2 1 /2" (6 cm)1106203 Concert Grand Piano Truck, 9' (2.7 m), 122 lbs (55.3 kg) ..........................................$7111106202 Grand Piano Truck, 6'0"-7'6" (1.8 m-2.3 m), 104 lbs (47.2 kg) .................................$6801106201 Grand Piano Truck, 4'8"-5'11" (1.4 m-1.8 m), 98 lbs (44.5 kg) .................................$649Note: For trucks, please indicate manufacturer, make and model of piano.Piano Covers• Ideal protection for summer storage or dusty environments• Heavy-duty drill cloth is moisture-resistant, with breathablecotton flannel lining• Six sizes to fit most pianosDigitalPiano DollyNOTE: To guarantee fit, please indicate make and model of piano, and height to nearest inch.Grand PianoTruck1107200 Grand Piano Cover, over 7' (2.1 m), 6 lbs (2.7 kg)..............................................................$2521107100 Grand Piano Cover, up to 7' (2.1 m), 5 lbs (2.3 kg) ............................................................$1911107401 Studio Piano Cover, 3'8" (1.1 m), 5 lbs (2.3 kg) ..................................................................$1911107301 Spinet Piano Cover, 3' (0.9 m), 4 lbs (1.8 kg) ......................................................................$1741107302 Console Piano Cover, 3'4" (1.0 m), 4 lbs (1.8 kg)................................................................$1841108101 Digital Piano Cover, 6 lbs (2.7 kg) ........................................................................................$191NOTE: To guarantee fit, please indicate make and model of piano, and height to nearest inch.Measure grand piano underside, front to back, at longest point.MahoganyEbonyPiano BenchesARTIST PIANO BENCH• 2" (5 cm) padded seat in black or brown vinyl• Hard maple legs with satin finish and doublesupportcorners for stability and durability• Height adjusts from 18" to 22" (46 cm to 56 cm)• Some assembly required1104000 Duet Size Artist Piano Bench,33" x 16 1 /2" (84 cm x 42 cm),58 lb (26.3 kg)1103000 Standard Size Artist Piano Bench,21 1 /2" x 16 1 /2" (55 cm x 42 cm),41 lb (18.6 kg)1 2 3 4Brown Duet SizeArtist Piano BenchArtist Bench comes infour leg styles. Pleasespecify when ordering.1. Square Tapered2. Cast Brass Ferrules3. Spade Foot4. Round LegSTANDARD PIANO BENCH• Hard maple construction with satin finish• Music storage compartment under seat• 30"w x 14"d x 20"h (76 cm x 36 cm x 51 cm)• Square tapered leg design goes with most piano styles• Some assembly required1105200 Wood Top Piano Bench, 14" x 30"(36 cm x 76 cm), 20 lb (9.1 kg)1105100 Padded Top Piano Bench, 14" x 30"(36 cm x 76 cm), 20 lb (9.1 kg)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWhen ordering, please specify the following:LEG COLOR: Walnut, Mahogany, or Ebony. See colors above.Satin finish is standard; glossy finish available atextra cost.LEG STYLE: Square Tapered, Brass Ferrule, Spade Foot, orRound Leg. See samples above. (Standard PianoBench available only with Square Tapered legs.)VINYL: Brown or Black. Genuine leather is availableat an extra cost.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

42 • TEACHING TOOLSM A R K E R B O A R D SA N D T A C K B O A R D SPorcelain Steel MarkerboardPorcelain steel surface reduces light distortion, produces exceptionalcolor contrast, and eliminates marker ghosting to enhancevisibility and optimize eye comfort. Surface is environmentallyfriendly — 99% recyclable and the steel is made from minimum of30% post-consumer and post-industrial waste.USAGEClassroom use where visibility is a concernPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Superior environmental porcelain steel markerboard• Surface contains no VOC’s (Volatile Organic Compounds)• 99% recyclableEnvironmentallyresponsible• Low-gloss magnetic steel surface is laminated to a 7 /16" MDF substrate forextra strength and moisture resistanceCONSTRUCTION• Includes L-clips, rawl plugs, and screws for installation• 50-year warrantyWheatley Elementary School, Washington, D.C.R E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Rehearsal Resource Centerpage 34Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochureand TechSheetsORDERING INFORMATION174A100.01 33 3 /4” x 48” (86 cm x 122 cm) Porcelain Steel Markerboard54 lbs (24 kg) .................................................................................$201174A100.02 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) Porcelain Steel Markerboard108 lbs (49 kg) ...............................................................................$385174A100.03 4’ x 8’ (122 cm x 244 cm) Porcelain Steel Markerboard145 lbs (66 kg) ...............................................................................$475174A100.04 4’ x 10’ (122 cm x 305 cm) Porcelain Steel Markerboard180 lbs (82 kg) ...............................................................................$586174A100.05 4’ x 12’ (122 cm x 366 cm) Porcelain Steel Markerboard222 lbs (100 kg) .............................................................................$755174A100.06 4’ x 16’ (122 cm x 488 cm) Porcelain Steel Markerboard290 lbs (131 kg) .............................................................................$892Markerboard Accessories174A024 1" Hook Clip174A025 Flag Holder (w/ 1" clip)174A026 1" Map Winder (pair)174A028 Set of four Rite-on MarkersWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/classroomproducts800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 43DuraSafe ® MarkerboardThis durable, environmentally soundsurface offers the highest safetystandards of any board available.Silicone rubber tray eliminates sharpedges and corners. Porcelain steelsurface is made from a minimumof 30% post-consumer and postindustrialwaste with a surfacethat is 99% recyclable.USAGEClassroom use where durability and safety are concernsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Superior environmental porcelain steel markerboard• Aluminum frame provides strength and durability• Silicone rubber tray eliminates sharp edges and corners• Tray and rubber map rail insert can be matched with any colorCONSTRUCTION• Silicone rubber is color safe, fire-resistant and will not shrink or fade• 50-year warrantyO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N174A103 33 3 /4” x 48” (86 cm x 122 cm) DuraSafe Markerboard51 lbs (23 kg).................................................................................$280174A104 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) DuraSafe Markerboard128 lbs (58 kg) ..............................................................................$465174A105 4’ x 8’ (122 cm x 244 cm) DuraSafe Markerboard152 lbs (69 kg) ..............................................................................$591174A106 4’ x 10’ (122 cm x 305 cm) DuraSafe Markerboard194 lbs (88 kg) ..............................................................................$776174A107 4’ x 12’ (122 cm x 366 cm) DuraSafe Markerboard232 lbs (105 kg) ............................................................................$871Black Blue Burgundy Navy RedValue TackboardThis durable, resilient tackboard is madefrom 100% natural cork, carefully harvestedfrom trees so as not to harm the inner core.The bark regrows, allowing the tree a usefullife of more than 150 years.USAGEMessage board can be used anywhere for a durable, traditional lookPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Made from high-quality, finely grained 100% natural cork• Framed in anodized aluminum• Durable, resilient surface • Environmentally responsibleEnvironmentallyresponsibleCONSTRUCTION• 1 /16" layer of natural cork bonded to a 3 /8" layer of insulation board• 10-year warrantyEnvironmentallyresponsibleO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N174A200.42 33 3 /4” x 48” (86 cm x 122 cm) Value Tackboard, 19 lbs (8 kg)...$87174A200.43 4’ x 4’ (122 cm x 122 cm) Value Tackboard, 20 lbs (9 kg).........$102174A200.44 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) Value Tackboard, 30 lbs 14 kg)........$137174A200.45 4’ x 8’ (122 cm x 244 cm) Value Tackboard, 43 lbs (20 kg).......$174174A200.46 4’ x 10’ (122 cm x 305 cm) Value Tackboard, 62 lbs (21 kg).....$211174A200.47 4’ x 12’ (122 cm x 366 cm) Value Tackboard, 78 lbs (35 kg).....$259Vinyl TackboardThis fabric-backed tackboard features adurable vinyl surface that resists crayon,glue and dust. The vinyl is treated toresist bacteria, mold and mildew.Pinholes? They virtually disappear.USAGEExcellent message vehicle for classrooms,hallways, auditoriums, sports and fitness areasPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Surface does not show pinholes• Resists moisture, mold, mildew, bacteria and chemicals• Resists crayons, glue and dustCONSTRUCTION• Fabric-backed vinyl surface is laminated to a 7 /16" insulation board• Framed in anodized aluminum• Many color options shown below • 10-year warrantyO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N174A232 33 3 /4” x 48” (86 cm x 122 cm) Vinyl Tackboard, 14 lbs (6 kg) ....$97174A233 4’ x 4’ (122 cm x 122 cm) Vinyl Tackboard, 22 lbs (10 kg) ........$116174A234 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) Vinyl Tackboard, 37 lbs (16.7 kg).....$164174A235 4’ x 8’ (122 cm x 244 cm) Vinyl Tackboard, 49 lbs (22.2 kg).....$211174A236 4’ x 10’ (122 cm x 305 cm) Vinyl Tackboard, 60 lbs (27 kg)......$259174A237 4’ x 12’ (122 cm x 366 cm) Vinyl Tackboard, 79 lbs (36 kg)......$306Sierra Blush Strawberry Champagne Cotton Dusty RoseGray Natural Pacific Blue Pelican Platinum Teal GreenAntiqueWhiteBurgundyWinePowderBlueRubber TackboardOur durable Rubber Tackboard is madefrom 100% recycled rubber and provides astain-resistant, non-fading, easy-to-maintainsurface. The superior textured surface will notshow pinholes and it resists moisture, mold,mildew, bacteria and chemicals.USAGEMessage vehicle for classrooms, hallways,auditoriums, sports and fitness areasPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Excellent sound and shock absorbency• Surface does not show pinholesYellowBouquetEnvironmentallyresponsible• Resists moisture, mold, mildew, bacteria and chemicals• Stain-resistant • Non-fade • Environmentally friendlyBlackBlueBurgundyCONSTRUCTION• Made from high-density 100% recycled rubberRed• 20-year warrantyTanO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N174A202 33 3 /4” x 48”(86 cm x 122 cm) Rubber Tackboard, 33 lbs (15 kg).$116174A203 4’ x 4’ (122 cm x 122 cm) Rubber Tackboard, 44 lbs (20 kg) .......$148174A204 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) Rubber Tackboard, 66 lbs (30 kg) .......$201174A205 4’ x 8’ (122 cm x 244 cm) Rubber Tackboard, 88 lbs (40 kg) .......$243174A206 4’ x 10’ (122 cm x 305 cm) Rubber Tackboard, 110 lbs (50 kg) ...$290174A207 4’ x 12’ (122 cm x 366 cm) Rubber Tackboard, 132 lbs (60 kg) ...$343800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

44 • TEACHING TOOLSl e s s o n W O R K S ®M A R K E R B O A R D SlessonWORKS ®This multifaceted, magnetic white board system lets youchange lessons quickly and prepare and present bigger,bolder, more engaging lessons. You can have an entire day’slessons planned, prepared, and ready to go. Any teacher willtell you that less down-time and transition time means fewerdistractions and better attention from your students.Northridge High School, Middlebury, IndianaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Music Lab Workstationspage 39Literature available:(call or download from the web)lessonWORKS easily convertsbetween high and low positions soyou can teach to students sitting inseats – or on the carpet.USAGEWhiteboard system for creating big, bold, engaging lessonsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Easily converts between high and low positions to accommodate all agegroups• Porcelain-clad whiteboard features permanent music staves and ismagnetized to hold optional lessonWORKS musical symbols• Large pocket in base stores optionalLesson Cards and posters• HandiHolder system keeps Lesson Cardsand other poster and paper teaching toolsin perfect positionCONSTRUCTION• Smooth-rolling design is easy to use• Optional accessories available: LessonCards, 126-piece notation set, andmagnetized paletteOptional Lesson Cards snapinto the HandiHolder system.Web link:ProductSheets andTech Sheetswww.wengercorp.com/classroomproductsORDERING INFORMATION172B001 lessonWORKS with lines259 lbs (117.5 kg).................$1,294172B002 lessonWORKS without lines259 lbs (117.5 kg).................$1,267172C063 Lesson Cards 4-pack6 lbs (2.7 kg) ............................$275172A087 Magnetic Notation Set7 lbs (3.2 kg) ............................$148172A096 Magnetized Notation Palette2 lbs (.9 kg) ................................$98The optional MagneticNotation Set and NotationPalette are must-have toolsfor use with lessonWORKS.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 45Platinum Reversible BoardProvides twice the functional surface of any traditional wallmountedboard. Rotates 360 degrees. Surface locks securely inplace. Environmentally friendly and easy to move.Music Notation BoardPermanent ceramic ink graphics of music staves have been fusedto the surface to provide years of worry-free use. Features fivesets of staves to demonstrate musical notation.EnvironmentallyresponsibleReversible boardcomes with anatural cork sideas well. 40" x 30"(102 cm x 76 cm)size shown.USAGEIdeal for presentations, meetings, classrooms, and other group instructionPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Options include porcelain steel on both sides, porcelain steel with musicstaves, or porcelain steel with cork tackboard• Porcelain steel is magnetic for even more versatility• Environmentally friendly – No VOC’s (Volatile Organic Compounds)• Steel is made from 30% post-consumer and post-industrial waste• Surface is 99% recyclableCONSTRUCTION• Wide base design and 3" (7.5 cm) locking casters provide safety, stabilityand mobility• 50-year warranty on porcelain steel surface, 10 years on natural corksurface, and 1 year on frameO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPorcelain Both Sides174A300.50 40” x 30” (102 cm x 76 cm) Platinum Reversible Board72 lbs (33 kg) ............................................................................$602174A300.60 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) Platinum Reversible Board186 lbs (85 kg) ..........................................................................$902Porcelain/Natural Cork174A300.51 40” x 30” (102 cm x 76 cm) Platinum Reversible Board68 lbs (31 kg) ............................................................................$559174A300.61 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) Platinum Reversible Board166 lbs (76 kg) ..........................................................................$792Porcelain/Porcelain with music staves174A300.52 40” x 30” (102 cm x 76 cm) Platinum Reversible Board72 lbs (33 kg) ............................................................................$919174A300.62 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) Platinum Reversible Board186 lbs (85 kg) .......................................................................$1,373EnvironmentallyUSAGEresponsibleMusical instruction classrooms for easier notation instructionPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Permanent ceramic ink graphics fused to the surface• Five staves for musical notation instruction• Surface contains no VOC’s (Volatile Organic Compounds)• 99% recyclable• Low-gloss magnetic steel surface is laminated to a 7 /16" MDF substratefor extra strength and moisture resistanceCONSTRUCTION• Music notation board comes with aluminum accessory tray with rubbercorners• Graphic board comes with aluminum accessory tray with rubber corners• 50-year warrantyO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N174A101.22 4’ x 6’ (122 cm x 183 cm) Graphic Board, 108 lbs (49 kg) ....$755174A101.23 4’ x 8’ (122 cm x 244 cm) Graphic Board, 145 lbs (66 kg) ....$966174A101.24 4’ x 10’ (122 cm x 305 cm) Graphic Board, 180 lbs (82 kg)$1,209Markerboard Accessories174A024 1" Hook Clip174A025 Flag Holder (w/ 1" clip)174A026 1" Map Winder (pair)174A028 Set of four Rite-on Markers800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

46 • TEACHING TOOLSf o o t N O T E S ®f l i p F O R M S ®footNOTES ®Kids love learning notation when it’s this much fun.Walk, jump or dance. Your kids will have a blast jumpingand dancing on the colorful footNOTES staff rug. Newdesign is now in four sizes.Keene’s Crossing ElementarySchool, Windermere, Florida“There’s a lot of different ways I use the footNOTES rugthroughout the year – it’s really nice to have. Studentscan move around on the footNOTES rug and create theirown melodies. It’s great for kinesthetic learners.”– Emily Hausmann, Music Specialist, Keene’s CrossingElementary School, Windermere, FloridaSt. Mary’s School, Owatonna, MinnesotaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:SmallInstrumentStorageCabinetpage 48Literature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheets, TechSheets andActivity BookQR CODESnap this QRcode to viewflipFORMSbeing set upon YouTube!USAGEA creative way to introduce notation to younger studentsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Resists color fading and discoloration• Injection dyeing ensures lasting beautyand best value over time• Rolls up for easy storage• Free activity booklet by Dr. JohnFeierabend with purchase• Now available in four sizes:5'4" x 7'8" (1.6 m x 2.3 m) rectangle7'8" x 10'9" (2.3 m x 3.3 m) rectangle7'7" (2.3 m) round13'2" (3.7 m) roundCONSTRUCTION• Stainmaster ® premium bulk continuousfilament and heat set, premium nylon aredesigned to last in demanding environments• Softflex ® backing system• Lotus Fiber Shield sheds liquid and soilparticles• Edges are bound and double stitched• Meets NFPA Class I FlammabilityStandards• CRI Green Label Plus Certification forlowest emitting VOC levelsfootNOTESACTIVITY BOOKLETThis essential piece ofthe footNOTES systemwas written by Dr. JohnFeierabend, Ph.D., achampion of elementarymusic education. It’sfilled with effective andengaging activities tohelp you get the mostfrom your footNOTESsystem. (mailed separately)Web link:www.wengercorp.com/classroomproductsORDERING INFORMATION180B009 footNOTES, 5'4" x 7'8" (1.6m x 2.3m) 17 lbs (7.7 kg) ..........$314180B001 footNOTES, 7'8" x 10'9" (2.3m x 3.3m) 39 lbs (17.6 kg)......$489180B010 footNOTES, 7'7" (2.3m) round, 17 lbs (7.7 kg) .....................$489180B011 footNOTES, 13'2" (3.7m) round, 68 lbs (30.6 kg).................$979800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 47Rolling positionSeated riser position“I love the flipFORMS –we’ve used them so manytimes this year. Havingdifferent colors provides a quickand easy way to help directstudents around the room. TheflipFORMS are very easy to move.”– Emily Hausmann, MusicSpecialist, Keene’s CrossingElementary School,Windermere, FloridaStanding riser positionPlatform positionflipFORMS ®Seated, standing, platform — flipFORMS flip into whatever shape youneed, and they go wherever you need them. The pocket-moldedhand grips, easy-moving recessed wheels, and lightweight designmake it easy to flip them up or roll them away. These fun, innovativeproducts turn any space into an exciting setting in no time.USAGEFlexible classroom seating, standing riser, and performance platform in one unitPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Built with molded, high-density polyethylene making them nearly indestructibleCONSTRUCTION• Grey base is available with your choice of Blue, Red, Yellow, Green or Grey top• Black base is available with Black top only• Assembly requiredO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NflipFORMS Single Units025D028 Black Top/Black Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg) ...................................................$727025D027 Grey Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg) .....................................................$727025D002 Blue Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg)......................................................$727025D003 Green Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg)...................................................$727025D004 Yellow Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg)..................................................$727025D005 Red Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg).......................................................$727Four or more, any color .....................................................................................$697/each1801002 Set of four - one each of Blue, Green, Yellow and Red......................$2,788Grade level 2-Step Tiered 3-Step RiserSeating Capacity* Capacity*grades 1-3 8 students/unit 12 students/unitgrades 4-6 6 students/unit 12 students/unit*Capacity using the floor as the front rowComes with our curriculumbooklet that helps you get themost out of your flipFORMS.flipFORMS are available in a variety of color combinations.Black Top / Black BaseGrey Top / Grey Base Blue Top / Grey Base Green Top / Grey Base Yellow Top / Grey Base Red Top / Grey Base800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

48 • TEACHING TOOLSS T O R A G E C A B I N E T SO R F F M O B I L E ®Poster/Teaching Storage CabinetEach cabinet features plenty of adjustable shelf space andcolor-coded bins for improved organization.USAGEAdjustable, organized shelf spacePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Full-length lockable doors• Leveling pads on base• Removable bins and bin labelingsystem are included• Bins fit on shelves or on specialhangers (included)CONSTRUCTION• 3 /4" (19 mm) thermofusedcomposite wood• Includes three medium red bins,four large blue bins and six smallyellow bins• Two adjustable shelves in lowercabinet, three in upper cabinet• Cabinet dimensions: 39"w x 29 1 /4"dx 72"h (99 cm x 74 cm x 183 cm)• Color options shown on page 49ORDERING INFORMATION169D001 Poster/Teaching Storage Cabinet, 457 lbs (206 kg).....................$1,705Small Instrument CabinetThis Wenger cabinet was specifically developed to organizeand protect all of your smaller instruments. In classroomenvironments, you’ll be amazed at how they eliminate traffic jams.Prosper High School, Prosper, TexasR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:flipFORMSpage 47Literature available:(call or download from the web)Product Sheets,Tech Sheetsand EquipmentPlannerUSAGEThe perfect way to organize your smallerinstrumentsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Full-length lockable doors• Leveling pads on base• Removable bins and bin labelingsystem are included• Bins fit on shelves or on specialhangers (included)CONSTRUCTION• 3 /4" (19 mm) thermofusedcomposite wood• Includes five medium red bins,two large blue bins and four smallyellow bins• Six adjustable shelves in lower cabinet• Two adjustable shelves in uppercabinet• Cabinet dimensions: 36"w x 23 1 /4"d x 72"h (91 cm x 59 cm x 183 cm)• Color options shown on page 49Web link:www.wengercorp.com/classroomproductsORDERING INFORMATION166E001 Small Instrument Cabinet, 290 lbs (131 kg) ................................$1,540800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

TEACHING TOOLS • 49ORFFmobile ®The ORFFmobile is tailor-made to simplify the storage andtransport of your valuable instruments. Even big bass xylophonescan now be safely and conveniently rolled out of theway when not in use. And when it’s time to make music,you’ll have three stable surfaces that let you put together anensemble in a snap.ORFFgarage ®Where else would you park your ORFFmobile? Roll it out, andyou’re ready for class. Keeps your instruments safe and secure.You’ll have plenty of storage for extra instruments and supplies,and the cabinet locks for extra security.USAGEEliminates moving valuable instrumentsby hand and storing them in placeswhere they are vulnerable to damagePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Makes it easy to move heavy bass unitand always keeps it in the ready-to-playposition• Three playing surfaces at differentheights accommodate any child orinstrumentCONSTRUCTION• Solid-steel construction and 1 /8"(3 mm) ABS plastic shelves create anextremely stable playing surface• Easy-rolling casters make transportationsmooth and stable when folded• Mallet storage on cartORDERING INFORMATION167D001 ORFFmobile with center shelf, 106 lbs (48 kg)........................$866167D002 ORFFmobile without center shelf, 103 lbs (46 kg)..................$856USAGECustom space for ORFFmobile ® cart.Protects instruments and keeps themaccessiblePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Four adjustable shelves in uppercabinet• Full-length lockable doors• Leveling pads on baseCONSTRUCTION• Spacious 48"w x 29 1 /4"d x 72"h(122 cm x 74 cm x 183 cm)• Available in the colors shown below• 3 /4" (19 mm) thermofused compositewoodORDERING INFORMATION168D001 ORFFgarage, 431 lbs (194 kg) ..................................................$1,665COLOR OPTIONS:Door Laminate ColorWengerMaplePebbleOyster“Our three ORFFmobiles are easy to move in and out of theroom as needed – they only take 30-40 seconds to set up.The ORFFmobiles help students know where to go and howto present themselves.”Edge BandingHardware & FastenersCherryOysterOysterEveningTigrisOysterOysterFusionMapleOysterOysterSolarOakSterling Scroggins, Music Teacher,Wheatley Elementary School, Washington, D.C.CherryBlackPepper DustPepper DustAlmondAlmondBlackBlack800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

“After evaluating different instrument storagecabinets, we chose Wenger for function andaesthetics. They provide a safe, attractivesolution that meets the needs of our program. They’redurable and spacious – the students love them!”– Wm. Shane Williams, Music Director / ConductorLindenwood University Symphonic OrchestraLindenwood University, St. Charles, MissouriLindenwood University, St. Charles, Missouri800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT, GARMENT & MUSIC STORAGEUltraStor StorageCabinetsPages 54, 56-61The most trusted way tosecure and protect valuableinstruments. Available in avariety of colors, sizes andstyles.AcoustiCabinets Page 55Instrument storage cabinetsthat are designed to be anintegral part of your room’sacoustical treatment.Edge StorageSystemPages 62-63An economical and wellbuiltstorage design tohouse your instruments,garments and more.PercussionWorkstationPage 64Tuba/SousaphoneRackPage 65String InstrumentRacksPages 66-67Rack ’n Roll ®Garment RackPage 124A lockable, mobile storagesolution and practical workarea all rolled into one singledurable tool.Move and store anycombination of tubas andsousaphones safely andsecurely.Safely store and transportGuitars, Cellos, Basses,Violins and Violas.The easy way to movegarments from placeto place.Garment StoragePages 68-69Music Library SystemPage 70Music Sorting RackPage 71Folio CabinetsPages 72-73Whether it’s band uniforms,choir robes, or theatrecostumes, UltraStor andEdge can protect and storethem safely and neatly.Cut your sheet musicstorage space needs bymore than 50% with ourhigh-density storagesolution.A portable, rolling cabinetfor sorting and distributingsheet music. Works inconjunction with our MusicLibrary System.Keep all your foliosorganized and right whereyou want them. Now innew sizes.ONBOARD ® TRANSPORT CARTS ON PAGES 74-81.GEARBOSS ® STORAGE AND TEAM ROOM SOLUTIONS ON PAGES 82-93.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

52 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEI N S T R U M E N TS T O R A G E S O L U T I O N SWenger Storage SystemsInstruments of every size and shape, some delicate, somecumbersome, all needing a dedicated space. Enough garments,flags, and props to fill a showroom. And more sheet music thanyou can count.Where do you put it all –in a way that keeps itaccessible, but alsosecure and well-protected?How do you make surestorage not only doesn’timpede traffic flow, butin fact enhances it?How important isventilation? And whatabout durability? Do youneed to sacrificeaesthetics for function?What kind of options doyou have? And where inthe world do you start?Determining the right storage solution is tricky, if notoverwhelming, unless you know who to call.A call to Wenger is the answer.Whatever you need to store, we have the ideal solution for yourspace and budget. We also bring a unique dual expertise — musiceducation and storage — that we will help you leverage to yourultimate advantage.R E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:GearBoss ® Shelvingpages88-89Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochureand TechSheetsChapman Middle School,Chapman, Kansaswww.wengercorp.com/storageCreating a customized storagesolution that optimizes your spaceand dollars within the context ofyour specific storage requirementsis a process that requires a closelook at your needs and a close relationshipwith an expert. Work withWenger and you will benefit froman expertise earned by workingwith situations just like yours.Tested every day, all around the worldOne thing experience has taught us: students hang on lockerdoors, so we load-test ours with more than 300 lb (136 kg) ofpressure on the outer edge. We also know that easy theft is themost likely theft, and to prevent that our patented lock-bar is12-gauge steel, the strike plate heavy-duty, and tamper-resistant.And we’ve seen how daily wear-and-tear can shorten product lifeand that’s why Wenger products are built so well and keep lookingthat way.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWenger Instrument Storage Systems come in a wide variety of configurations,colors and sizes. Please call your Wenger representative so thatwe can understand your needs in order to provide the best solution and anestimate to help you budget your investment.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 53Wenger has a solution for every storage need...UltraStor StorageCabinetsPages 54, 56-61The industry’s #1 choice forinstruments and garments.Perfectly functional,incredibly durable, andaesthetically enduring,UltraStor is precisionengineeredto ventilate andprotect your hugeinvestment.Edge StorageSystemPages 62-63Edge gives youUltraStor quality in aneconomized design thatadapts to any space. Theopen-back, shared-wallsystem uses fewer materialsto save you money andlessen the impact on theenvironment.AcoustiCabinets Page 55Specially designed grilledoors and acousticallyabsorptive materialminimize the loss of cubicvolume and help eliminateflutter echo. The perfectfit for rehearsal rooms,AcoustiCabinets actuallyenhance a room’s acoustics.GearBoss ®High-Density StoragePages 84-89High-density, heavy-dutyGearBoss storage createsup to 50 percent morespace. The innovative trackand-rolling-cartdesignmoves effortlessly,dramatically increasingaccessibility, organization,flexibility, sanitation,ventilation, and security.Mobile StoragePages 70-77All our storage andtransport carts are builttough to keep rolling yearafter year, and they’re builtsmart, with specificperformance features thatmake every job easier.Whatever you need tomove, Wenger has thesmoothest solution.StorageSolutionReferenceChartUltraStor CabinetsEdge Storage SystemGearBoss®StorageGearBoss ®ShelvingOnBoard ®CartsInstrumentRacksMusicLibraryPage Numbers 54, 56-61 62-63 82-87 88-89 74-81 66-67 70-71Small Instruments 4 4Large Instruments 4 4 4 4 4Percussion 4 4 4 4 4Orchestra 4 4 4Marching Band 4 4 4 4 4Robes 4 4 4 4 4Uniforms 4 4 4 4 4Costumes 4 4 4 4 4Flags 4 4 4 4Props 4 4 4 4 4Sheet Music 4DVD & Video Storage 4800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

54 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEULTRASTOR STORAGE CABINETSA C O U S T I C A B I N E T S UltraStor Storage CabinetsOur original, trusted and proven storage cabinetsOur patented polyethylene shelves are just part of thebest-built, most-reliable storage cabinets available. Heavydutyhardware and top-quality doors further ensure reliableday-to-day operation and unparalleled durability when youbuy Wenger storage cabinets.UltraStor cabinets are also designed to look great with virtuallyany décor. They’re available in a range of sizes, colors andstyles to fit a wide variety of needs. That includes different doortypes for different applications. Plus, UltraStor cabinets aremodular so you can rearrange and even add units as needed.Del Norte High School, San Diego, CaliforniaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Guitar Rackpage 66Literature available:(call or download from the web)USAGEStorage to help protect instruments and avoid traffic jamsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSEnvironmentally• Choice of solid doors, straight grille doors or no doors responsible• Waterfall grille doors available for an extra charge• Handsome polyester laminate and thermofused composite wood coreresists chipping and looks new years longer than other laminates• Shelves feature patented ventilation ridges and rounded front edges,improving airflow crucial to musical instrument, equipment, and garmentlongevity• Load-tested hinges and lock assemblies stand up to institutional use• 85 5 /8"(217 cm), 69 3 /4" (177 cm) and 38 5 /16" (97 cm) heights available tomeet your students’ needs. Middle school and elementary schoolstudents cannot easily reach storage compartments more than 68"(173 cm) off the floor.• Standard 27 1 /2" (69.85cm) wide and 21" (53.34 cm) narrow widths availableCONSTRUCTION• Heavy-duty polyester laminate is adhered to 3 /4" (19 mm) thermofusedindustrial-grade composite wood• Available with right- or left-hinged (standard) doors for easy access• Bolt-through construction maintains superior door and hardwarecondition, year after year• Seismic-compliant bracing available upon request as a special order• Available in six core substrates to meet your specific needs: fire-rated,industrial-grade composite wood (standard), environmentally sensitive (no addedurea formaldehyde), moisture-resistant, FSC certified, and Vencore (plywood)• 10-year warranty• Available in all the color combinations shownon page 59O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWenger UltraStor Instrument Storage Cabinetscome in a wide variety of configurations, colorsand sizes. Please call your Wenger representativeso that we can understand your needs in order toprovide the best solution and an estimate tohelp you budget your investment.Go topages 56-58to view allof our cabinetconfigurations.Brochureand TechSheetsWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/storage800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 55AcoustiCabinets Need to have instrument storage in your rehearsal room? Here’sa way to minimize the loss of cubic volume, provide soundabsorption, and help eliminate flutter echo caused by directsound reflection.After working closely with acoustical consultants, Wengerhas developed an instrument storage cabinet that combinesspecially designed grille doors, acoustically absorptive materialand reliable durability to produce storage that can help enhancethe room’s acoustical performance.USAGEInstrument storage that’s engineered to be an integral part of your room’sacoustical treatmentPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Waterfall design on grille doors provides a distinctive look, minimizes aroom’s cubic volume loss and reduces vibration• Solid steel lockable grille doors provide protection from theft or damage• Environmentally friendly, acoustically absorptive material helps eliminatesound reflection• Patented polyethylene shelves, bolt-through construction, and heavy-dutyhardware for unmatched durabilityCONSTRUCTION• Available in all standard Wenger cabinet sizes 1-28 and 51-61 standard andnarrow (see pages 56-58)• Compartment grille door sizes are available for all standard Wenger cabinetsizes 1-28 and 51-61• Corner Cabinets not available in this configuration• Available in all seven standard color combinations shown on page 59• End cover panels available in all colors shown on page 59• Patent pendingO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NSee pages 56-59 for sizes, colors andordering informationProsper High School, Prosper, TexasWaterfall Grille DoorsUnique curved grilledoor design providesa distinctive look, minimizesa room’s cubicvolume loss and reducesvibration.Acoustically AbsorptiveMaterialsThe environmentallyfriendly material at theback of the AcoustiCabinethelps eliminate directsound reflection whileabsorbing high and lowfrequencies.Easily ConfiguredAcoustiCabinets are available inmany of the same configurationsthat our traditional cabinetscome in. See pages 56-59 forthe variety of options.Four cabinets shown:#6, #4, #4 and #10Number Platesand LocksYou can add numbercards to your Acousti-Cabinets and lock themwith standard combinationlocks just like traditionalWenger cabinets(locks not included).Wenger QualityConstructionLike all Wenger cabinets,AcoustiCabinets are builtwith the same heavy-dutyconstruction for maximumperformance anddurability.Solve rehearsal room storage problems without creating sound problems.WITHOUT ANY TREATMENTA rehearsal room without any cabinets or acoustictreatments will have excessive loudness, flutter echoesand could possibly cause hearing loss over extendedperiods of time.WITH ORDINARY STORAGE CABINETSA rehearsal room with instrument storage cabinetssucceeds in diffusing some sound but has little effect inquieting loudness or absorbing high and low frequencies.WITH WENGER ACOUSTICABINETSA rehearsal room with Wenger’s new AcoustiCabinets andused in conjunction with absorber and diffuser panels cancreate an acoustically balanced environment. Loudness iscontrolled and balanced over the full audible range.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

56 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEThe sizes to fit, your space, yourinstruments, and your needs.Those who have worked with Wenger for their instrumentstorage needs can attest – our expertise and experience willgive you the best storage solution for your program. You'llexperience the industry's finest construction and securitywithin a layout that makes the most of your space while alsoimproving traffic flow and daily convenience. Wenger cabinetsalso offer choices in design and aesthetics that make it easyfor you to choose the ideal solution for special situations. We'llwork with you to make sure your design is exactly what you'rethinking every step of the way — that means no surprises incost, delivery, or quality. And we'll support you after installation,with quick response and a friendly, positive approachfocused on your satisfaction. Please call and let's startcreating something perfect for you.Clarinets, Flutes, Piccolos and Oboes85 5 /8"(217 cm)NW = Narrow Width69 3 /4"(177 cm)compartment size: W: 8" (20 cm) D: 17 3 /8" (44 cm) H: 14 5 /8" (37 cm)38 5 /16"(97 cm)Narrow width size: W: 6" (15 cm)15 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 19 1 /4" (49 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#1 #21 #2010 compartmentsW: 18 3 /4" (48 cm)D: 19 1 /4" (49 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 14 3 /4" (38 cm)5 compartmentsW: 10" (25 cm)D: 19 1 /4" (49 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 8" (20 cm)12 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 19 1 /4" (49 cm)H: 69 3 /4" (177 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#256 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 19 1 /4" (49 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#51 #58 #574 compartmentsW: 18 3 /4" (48 cm)D: 19 1 /4" (49 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 14 3 /4" (38 cm)2 compartmentsW: 10" (25 cm)D: 19 1 /4" (49 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 8" (20 cm)NOTE:Assembly required forall cabinets over 28"in width.Cabinets shown with no doors.Doors must be included at time of ordering.Clarinets, Flutes, Piccolos, Oboes, Soprano Saxophones and Trumpetscompartment size: W: 8" (20 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) H: 14 5 /8" (37 cm)15 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)6 small compartments3 large compartments (guitars)W: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)9 small compartments1 large compartment (frenchhorns, alto horns or snare drums)W: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 14 3 /4" (38 cm)12 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 69 3 /4" (177 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)Narrow width size: W: 6" (15 cm)#2 #3 #22#18#265 compartmentsW: 10" (25 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 8" (20 cm)10 compartmentsW: 18 3 /4" (48 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 14 3 /4" (38 cm)#23#604 compartmentsW: 18 3 /4" (48 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 14 3 /4" (38 cm)#526 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#592 compartmentsW: 10" (25 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 8" (20 cm)800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 57Trumpets, Cornets, Alto Saxophonescompartment size: W: 12 3 /8" (31 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) H: 14 5 /8" (37 cm)10 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)8 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 69 3 /4" (177 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)Trombones, Bassoons, Violins, Violas, Bass/Alto Clarinet, Tenor Saxophonescompartment size: W: 12 3 /8" (31 cm) D: 37 3 /8" (95 cm) H: 14 5 /8" (37 cm) Narrow width size: W: 9 3 /8" (23 cm)10 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)8 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H: 69 3 /4" (177 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#4 #6#27#5 #7#286 small compartments1 large compartment (frenchhorns, alto horns or snare drums)W: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)4 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)6 small compartments1 large compartment(Baritone Horns, Euphoniums,Mellophones)W: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)4 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)Narrow width size: W: 9 3 /8" (23 cm)5 compartmentsW: 14 3 /8"" (37 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 11 3 /8" (29 cm)5 compartmentsW: 14 3 /8" (37 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 11 3 /8" (29 cm)#13#54 #562 compartmentsW: 14 3 /8" (37 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 10 3 /8" (27 cm)#24#55 #612 compartmentsW: 14 3 /8" (37 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 10 3 /8" (27 cm)String Bass,Contra Bass Clarinetcompartment size: W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm)D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) H: 78 1 /2" (199 cm)Narrow width size: W: 19 1 /2" (50 cm)1 compartmentW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)Cello or GuitarGeneral StorageGeneral StorageW: 36" (91 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (98 cm)#8compartment size: W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm) D:27 3 /8" (70 cm) H: 61 7 /8" (157 cm)Narrow width size: W: 19 1 /2" (50 cm)Cabinet #9#91 small compartment1 large compartmentW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#62*Add 1 1 /8" (2.86 cm) to Height of StorageCabinets when work surface top is included.French Horns, Alto Horns, Snare Drums,Mellophonescompartment size: W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) H: 25" (64 cm)Narrow width size: W: 19 1 /2" (50 cm)3 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#10 #531 compartmentW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)Baritone Horns, Euphoniums, Mellophonescompartment size: W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm) D: 37 3 /8" (95 cm) H: 25" (64 cm)Narrow width size: W: 19 1 /2" (50 cm)3 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#11 #501 compartmentW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H*: 38 5 /16" (97 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)See Cabinets 3 and 6 as well.NW = Narrow Width800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

58 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEBaritone Saxophones,Bass Clarinets, Field/Snare Drumscompartment size: W: 46 1 /2" (118 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) H: 23 3 /4" (60 cm)3 compartmentsW: 48 1 /2" (123 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)#12GuitarsW: 8" (20 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) H: 48 1 /4" (97 cm)6 small compartments3 large compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)GuitarsW: 8" (20 cm) D: 37 3 /8" (95 cm) H: 38 1 /4" (97 cm)#18 #196 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)Bass Drums, Field Drums, SnareDrums, Parade Drumscompartment size: W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm) D: 37 3 /8" (95 cm) H: 37 3 /8" (95 cm)Narrow width: W: 19 1 /2" (50 cm)2 compartmentsW: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)available in narrow width:NW: 21 1 /2" (55 cm)#14Bass Drums, Field Drums, Snare Drums,Parade Drums, Tri Toms, Quads, Tubas,Sousaphones (bell detached)compartment size: W: 46 1 /2" (118 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) H: 37" (94 cm)Miscellaneous Instrument Storage CabinetsCorner CabinetW: 48 1 /4" (22 cm)D: 48 1 /4" (22 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)Stationary and revolvingshelf models available forinstrument, garment andflag/rifle storage.Five Corner Cabinet Configurations- Revolving Shelf Garment and EquipmentStorage (shown)- Stationary ShelfGarment Storage- Equipment Storage- Revolving ShelfGarment Storage- Flag Storage#41Stationary ShelfGarment StorageRevolving ShelfGarment StorageEquipmentStorageFlagStorage2 compartmentsW: 48 1 /2" (123 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)Timpani, Chimes, Small Vibe,Xylophone, Marimba, Gongcompartment size: W: 58 1 /2" (149 cm) D: 37 3 /8" (95 cm)H: 40 1 /2" (103 cm)Cabinet #171 small compartment1 large compartment#15#17W: 60 1 /2" (154 cm)D: 39 1 /4" (100 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)*Shelf is adjustable. Heights can varySee pages 88-89 for GearBoss ® shelving as an alternativepercussion storage solution.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.comStringed InstrumentStorage Cabinet#42W: 60 1 /4" (154 cm)D: 39 1 /2" (101 cm)H: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)Stores Bass, Cellos, Guitars,Guitarrons, Violins, Violas orVihuelas. See back side of this page.Stores 14-20 Violins/Violas/VihuelasStores 3-4 CellosStores 14-17 GuitarsStores 2-3 BassesStores 3-5 GuitarronsStores 7-10 Violins/Violas/Vihuelas & 3-5 Cellos/Guitarrons

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 59STORAGE CABINET LAYOUT WORKSHEETCheck Color Combination (colors apply to all Wenger cabinets)WengerMaplePebbleOyster(Body finish of all cabinets is Oyster)(Laminate Color / Edge Banding Color / Painted Grille & Door Fasteners)q q q q q q qDoor Laminate ColorCherryEveningTigrisFusionMapleSolarOakEdge BandingHardware/Fasteners/ExtrusionsOysterOysterOysterOysterOysterOysterCherryBlackPepper DustPepper DustAlmondAlmondBlackBlackCheck Cabinet Typeq UltraStor Storage Cabinetsq AcoustiCabinets q Edge Storage SystemCheck Core Material TypeStandardq Industrial-Grade Composite WoodNon-Standard (upcharge applies)q Fire-Ratedq Moisture-Resistant Core Materialq Environmentally SensitiveCore Material(No added ureaformaldehyde)q Vencore Plywoodq FSC certifiedCheck Door Styleq Compartment Doorq No Doorq Full Door (not available on all cabinets.Please contact your Wenger rep forassistance)Check Door Type(AcoustiCabinets are only available withWaterfall Grille Doors)q Straight Grille Doorq Waterfall Grille Door (Not available on Edge)q Solidq Heavy-Duty Grille Door (Not available on Edge)(Available for Full Door options only)Room SizeLinear feet of available wall space______________Number of corners available for storage________For a proposal:EnvironmentallyresponsibleWaterfall Grille DoorsOyster DoorsStraight Grille Doors• Fill out this form• Call for assistance or complete this form online at www.wengercorp.comU.S. Phone: 800-4-WENGER (493-6437) • Fax: 507-455-4258Canada Phone: 800-268-0148Estimate quantity and type of instrument inventoryQty. InstrumentQty.______ Piccolo______ Flute______ Oboe______ English Horn______ E-flat Clarinet______ B-flat Clarinet______ 2 Pc. Alto Clarinet______ 1 Pc. Alto Clarinet______ 2 Pc. Bass Clarinet______ 1 Pc. Bass Clarinet______ Contralto Clarinet______ Contrabass Clarinet______ Bassoon______ Contrabassoon______ Soprano Saxophone______ Alto Saxophone______ Tenor Saxophone______ Baritone Saxophone______ Bass Saxophone______ Cornet______ Trumpet______ Flugelhorn______ French Horn______ Trombone______ Bass Trombone______ Baritone Horn______ Mellophone______ Euphonium______ Tuba (Sizes:_________________)______ Tuba (upright bell)______ Recording Bass______ Snare Drum6 1 /2" x 14" (17 cm x 36 cm)______ Snare Drum8" x 14" (20 cm x 36 cm)______ Marching Snare Drum12" x 15" (30 cm x 38 cm)______ Field Drum15" x 18" (38 cm x 46 cm)______ Bass Drum14" x 22" (36 cm x 56 cm)______ Bass Drum14" x 24" (36 cm x 61 cm)______ Bass Drum14" x 28" (36 cm x 71 cm)______ Bass Drum16" x 30" (41 cm x 76 cm)Instrument______ Bass Drum16" x 32" (41 cm x 81 cm)______ Percussion/Bell Kit______ Marching Trios______ Marching Quads______ Marching Quints______ Sousaphone______ Marching Mellophone______ Marching Baritone______ Marching Trombone______ Marching French Horn______ Violin______ Viola______ Cello______ String Bass______ Acoustic Guitar______ Electric Guitar______ Bass Guitar______ Spanish Guitar______ Guitarron______ VihuelaMallet Percussion*______ Concert Bass Drum16" x 36" (41 cm x 91 cm)______ Concert Bass Drum18" x 40" (46 cm x 102 cm)______ Timpani______ Orchestra Bells______ Chimes______ Marimbaunder 58" (147 cm)______ Vibesunder 58" (147 cm)______ Xylophoneunder 58" (147 cm)Additional Items:______ Uniforms______ Robes______ Hats______ Flags______ Rifles______ Inches of Music Titles* Select onlyif you wishto store incabinets_____ Other__________________________ Other__________________________ Other__________________________ Other_____________________800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

60 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEStringed Instrument CabinetNow you can store a variety of stringed instruments easilyand securely in one location. The unique interior designallows you to configure it for storing bass, cello, violin,viola, guitar, and even Mariachi instruments such asGuitarron and Vihuela.Go topage 58 toview all of theStringed InstrumentCabinetconfigurations.USAGEStore a variety of stringed instruments securely in one locationPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Attractive, durable construction resists chipping and looks new yearslonger than other laminates• Can be configured for instruments with or without cases• Bolt-through construction maintains superior door and hardwarecondition, year after year• Removable, replaceable components ensureimproved service life• Load-tested hinges and lock assemblies standup to institutional use• Choice of solid doors, straight grille doors orno doors• Waterfall grille doors available for an extracharge• Available in seven color combinations(see page 59)• 10-year warrantyNeck holder for uncasedinstruments (shown with lock)CONSTRUCTION• Cabinet height: 85 5 /8"h x 60 1 /4"w x 39 1 /4"d(217 cm x 153 cm x 100 cm)• Additional conversion kits to store additional instruments available• Optional hangers and cable lock kit available for instruments withoutcases.• Heavy-duty polyester laminate is adhered to 3 /4" (19 mm) thermofusedcomposite wood• Available in all core materials (see page 59)• Ships ready-to-assembleO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NStringed Instrument Cabinet...........................Please call for consultation38" (96.5 cm) High InstrumentStorage CabinetsIt’s the perfect height for most music classrooms and rehearsal rooms.Our unique work surface top design guarantees you plenty of spaceto assemble, disassemble, clean, and work with all kinds of musicalinstruments. The height and design provide ultimate room layoutflexibility — create islands, improve supervisor sightlines, andeven place cabinets under most windows.Cabinet #52 and #54 shown withhigh-pressure laminate work surfaceThe work surface tops are made with a tough laminate andbanded on all four sides for long-wear durability. All sizes will beoffered as standard cabinets or AcoustiCabinets except for theGeneral Storage cabinet, which is available with woodcompartment doors.*Add 1 1 /8" (2.86 cm) to Height of Storage Cabinetswhen HPL work surface top is included• Work surface tops must be specified at time of order. Color - grey nebula.• Full wood doors are not available on 38" high cabinets.• Cabinets included: #50-62800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 61Color Combinations for all UltraStor instrument storage cabinets:Examples shown with optional side panels on right end.Door LaminateColorCherryEdge BandingHardwareCherryBlackEveningTigrisChapman Middle School, Chapman, KansasPepper DustPepper Dust“I cannot say enough positives about Wengercabinets. I really like the short cabinets because theygive students a place to put their instruments together.These cabinets also allow me to monitor studentsfrom anywhere in the room.”– Marc Riegel, Band Director, ChapmanMiddle School, Chapman, Kansas“For instrument storage cabinets, durability and easyaccess were our selection criteria. The productsspeak for themselves in terms of quality.”– Larry Adkins, Assistant Principal, R.B. StallHigh School, North Charleston, South Carolina“I love the instrument storage cabinets! They arebeautiful and really holding up very nicely. We’re veryhappy with them. Without dedicated secure storage,it’s difficult to keep track of instruments.”– Jennifer Kitelinger, Band and Orchestra Director,Del Norte HS, San Diego, California“We definitely wanted Wenger cabinets for theirquality, durability and appearance. Features likehinges, locking mechanisms and materials areimportant when selecting something the school willuse for a long time.”– Don Devany, Fine Arts Chair,Metea Valley High School, Aurora, IllinoisWith all our cabinetsizes, configuringjust the rightstorage for yourneeds is easy.Wenger cabinets come in awide variety of configurationsto meet your storage needs.Use the information on thisfold-out page or call yourWenger Representative for aconsultation. Using your instrumentlist and our exclusivesoftware program, we'll analyzeyour needs and space requirementsand create an InstrumentStorage layout using themost suitable cabinets.Wenger cabinets come in differentdepths, heights and widths.A storage room, wall or hallwaycontains a mix of differentcabinets and compartment sizes.We make it easy by telling youwhat instruments will fit in whichcompartments.Choose your color!See the options at right foroptions.Large instruments like cellos?We have a cabinet for those too.We’ll help you plan your space tomake the best use of high-trafficareas.Narrow widths are available formost cabinet sizes.Choose your door style! See pages56-58 for options.FusionMapleAlmondAlmondSolarOakBlackBlackWengerMapleOysterOysterOysterOysterOysterPebbleOysterOysterBody finish of all cabinets shown is Oyster.Note: Doors cannot be added later.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

62 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEE D G E S T O R A G E S Y S T E MEdge Storage SystemWith its open-back, shared-columndesign, new Edge gives you theversatility of built-in storage— but with Wenger quality at anexceptionally streamlined price. Withno back panel and fewer separationpanels, GREENGUARD-certifiedEdge lowers your cost and theimpact on the environment.The innovative design is made withthe same construction processes andmany of the same performancefeatures as Wenger UltraStor, andEdge uses your existingwall as its back panel, savingmaterials and cost.the continuous add-on design makes it easy to store exactlywhat you inventory today and still perfectly adapt totomorrow’s needs.Fridley High School, Fridley, MinnesotaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:38" UltraStor Cabinetpage 60Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,Tech Sheetand ColorSample Cardwww.wengercorp.com/storageUSAGEA more economical version of our traditional instrument storage cabinetsthat’s configured using a variety of different-sized columns.PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• An array of columns tailored to different storage needs (ask your Wengerrepresentative for a list of available sizes and configurations)• Choice of solid doors, straight grille doors or no doors• Edging is 1 /8" (3 mm) radius PVC• Polyester laminate and thermofused composite wood core resistschipping and looks new years longer than other laminates• Shelves feature patented ventilation ridges and rounded front edges,improving airflow crucial to musical instrument, equipment, and garmentlongevity• Load-tested hinges and lock assemblies stand up to institutional use• 84"(213.36 cm) and 68" (172.72 cm) heights available to meet yourstudents’ needs. (Middle school and elementary school students cannoteasily reach storage compartments more than 68" (173 cm) off the floor.)CONSTRUCTION• Wall panels are 3 /4" (19 mm) thick industrial-grade composite wood withpolyester laminate finish• Optional compartment doors available in right or left-hand swing includeheavy-duty 5-knuckle institutional ANSI/BHMA A156.9, Grade 1 hingewith a metal to metal connection to an aluminum extrusion.• Columns have four adjustable steel support feet for uneven floors• Optional compartment doors can be secured using standard padlockswith 3 /8" (10 mm) maximum diameter x 1 3 /8" (35 mm) wide shackle(padlocks not included).• GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified ® andGREENGUARD Children & Schools SM Certified.• Environmental attributes and LEED compliance forthese products can be found atwww.wengercorp.com/GREENor by contacting your Wenger representative.• 6 core material options. See page 59.• 10-year warranty• Available in a variety of color combinationsO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NWenger Edge Storage System comes in a wide variety of configurations,colors and sizes. Please call your Wenger representative so thatwe can understand your needs in order to provide the best solution and anestimate to help you budget your investment.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 63BUILDING YOUR STORAGE SYSTEMAvailable in over 40 column configurations, Wenger makes it easy to build a storage system that fits your needs.(As shown below, columns and shelves use the wall of the connecting column as their second wall.)Color Combinations for Edge Storage System:+ + + + =408 401 432 409 411Door LaminateColorEdge BandingHardware andFront ExtrusionsCherryCherryBlackYou can either install Edge yourself, or for an additional fee, Wenger will do it for you.HEIGHT AVAILABILITYEdge columns are available in 68" (1.7 m) and 84" (2.1 m) heights.EveningTigrisPepper DustPepper DustDOOR OPTIONSFusionMapleThe Edge StorageSystem is packed withoptions, including compartmentdoors in wood or grille, and a door-readydesign that allows you to add doors at a later date.* Full-length door option is not available.no door grille door wood doorAlmondAlmondWall bracket makesinstallation easyFive core material options available.(FSC options available)Tough, 5-knucklehingesAdjustablesupportfeet foruneven floors.System sits flush to your wall,saving materialDurable polyethyleneshelvesColumns share acommon wallPadlock-ready doorNumber plate on both grille andwood door optionsSolarOakBlackBlackWengerMapleOysterOysterOysterOysterOysterPebbleOysterOyster800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

64 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEPercussion WorkstationJust roll it into place and you’re ready to play. Wenger’sPercussion Workstation lets you take everything fromcowbells to cymbals with you in a self-containedperformance station.Workstation AccessoriesPOP-UP MUSIC DESK• Permanently attaches to worktop• Folds flat when not in use• Holds music for three or more people• 48" x 13" (122 cm x 33 cm)• Colors coordinated to matchworkstation147H510 Pop-Up Music Desk17 lbs (7.7 kg)..................$170Assembly requiredCYMBAL CRADLE• Holds cymbals up to 22" (56 cm)• Clamps onto sturdy mounting rail• Durable construction• Tough vinyl coating protectsand quiets147H012Cymbal Cradle7 lbs (3.2 kg)....................$125SUSPENDED CYMBAL HOLDER• Adjustable height and angle• Clamps onto sturdy mounting rail147H014Suspended Cymbal Holder2 lbs (0.9 kg)....................$160Shown inSolar Oak finishInstruments not included.“All our percussion equipment is now organized in a mobilesolution that’s easy to move between rehearsal halls andperformance venues. It’s well worth having.”– Marc Riegel, Band DirectorChapman Middle School, Chapman, KansasUSAGEA lockable storage solution and practical work area that keeps percussioninstruments organized and ready to playPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Large, extremely practical 48" x 24" (122 cm x 61 cm) worktop• Padded top silences instruments not in use• Four heavy-duty casters glide over any surface and provide great stability• Four foam-lined drawers store triangles, sand blocks, brushes, drumsticks,mallets, tambourines, maracas, and other small items• Lower compartment for parade and snare drums• Shelves hold the largest standard-size cymbalsCONSTRUCTION• Available in the colors shown at right• Some assembly required• 10-year warrantyColor Combinations:EveningTigrisFusionMapleWengerMapleO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N147G002147G001Basic Percussion Workstation without accessories230 lbs (104.3 kg) ......................................................................$1,540Deluxe Percussion Workstation with all accessoriesshown at right, 251 lbs (113.9 kg)...........................................$1,645OysterPebbleSolarOak800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 65Tuba/SousaphoneMobile Storage RackThe perfect way to move and store any combination of tubasand sousaphones safely and securely. It lets you hold a fullrange of instrument sizes and easily adjusts. Heavy-dutycasters with locking mechanisms keep the rack stable forfixed storage. Environmentally friendly — made from renewableforest resources.P E R C U S S I O N W O R K S T A T I O NT U B A / S O U S A P H O N E R A C KEnvironmentallyresponsibleUSAGEEasy, sturdy, safe way to move and store tubas and sousaphonesPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Available in 3-Unit or 4-Unit sizes• Instruments fit securely into “yokes” which can be adjusted horizontally andvertically• Units can be easily configured to hold tubas, sousaphones, or a combination• Available in Cherry or Natural finishCherryCONSTRUCTION• Made from renewable forest resources• 3-Unit is 77¼" w x 32" d x 39½" h (196 cm x 81 cm x 100 cm)• 4-Unit is 101¼" w x 32" d x 39½" h (257 cm x 81 cm x 100 cm)• Racks have four swivel casters for easy transport• Locking mechanisms on two wheels• 5-year warrantyNaturalO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N251A003 3-Unit Mobile Storage Rack, (Natural) 107 lbs (48 kg).............$550251A004 4-Unit Mobile Storage Rack, (Natural) 124 lbs (56 kg).............$605251A005 3-Unit Mobile Storage Rack (Cherry), 124 lbs (56 kg) ..............$550251A006 4-Unit Mobile Storage Rack (Cherry), 124 lbs (56 kg) ..............$605Sousaphone & Tuba Wall BracketMake sure the big brass stays up andout of everyone’s way.USAGEStore sousaphones and tubas out of the wayPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Adjusts five ways to hold most tubas andsousaphones• Mounts on sheetrock or masonry• Durable design gently cradles and protectsinstrumentsCONSTRUCTION• Height adjusts from 17 1 /2" to 32 1 /2" (44 cm to 83 cm)• Width adjusts from 14" to 26" (36 cm to 66 cm)• Does not fit Miraphone Tubas or Baritone Horns• Assembly required - mounting hardware not includedChapman Middle School, Chapman, KansasCompanion Product:OnBoardPercussionCartpage 80Web link:R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,Tech Sheetand colorSample Cardwww.wengercorp.com/storageO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N049E100 Tuba and Sousaphone Wall Bracket,14 lbs (6.4 kg)..................$235800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

66 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGES T R I N G I N S T R U M E N T R A C K SGuitar RackWenger’s Mobile Guitar Storage Rack providesexceptional protection for acoustic and electric guitars,cased and uncased, three-quarter and full-size, even guitarrons.They also move easily anywhere in your facility, so younot only have the ideal storage solution for your guitars, butyou also have the best means possible to make surethose guitars get around and get played.EnvironmentallyresponsibleShown with 20 acoustic guitars.Natural finishR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:GuitarCabinetpage 58Web link:R.J. Kinsella Magnet School ofPerforming Arts, Hartford, ConnecticutLiterature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,Tech Sheetand ColorSample Cardwww.wengercorp.com/storageUSAGEProtection and transportation for up to 20 electricor acoustic guitars, or up to 10 Mariachi guitarsand guitarrons.PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS• Closed ends for extraprotection• Stores cased or uncased instruments• Smooth-rolling design for easytransport through doorways and fromstoreroom to practice, rehearsal, andperformance areasCONSTRUCTION• Made from renewable forest resources• Four swivel hard rubber casters,(two with locks)• Fits through a standard doorway• Adjustable height upper cross supports to fit3 /4 to full-size guitars• Adjustable yokes to accommodate variousstyles and are removable to accommodatecased guitar storage• Available in Cherry or Natural finish• Assembly required• Dimensions: 67"w x 30"d x 69 3 /8"h(170 cm x 76 cm x 176 cm)• 5-year warrantyShown with 20 acoustic guitarcases. Cherry finishShown with 10 guitarrons.Natural finishO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N251A020 Mobile Guitar Storage Rack, Natural Finish, 154 lbs (72 kg)........$895251A021 Mobile Guitar Storage Rack, Cherry Finish, 154 lbs (72 kg) .........$895800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 67String Bass RackThe stable design keeps string basses safeduring storage and transport, and thesmooth-rolling caddy lets you roll themanywhere without worrying about bumps,nicks, or scratches. Plus, the racks storeflush in a compact footprint. Environmentallyfriendly — made from renewable forestresources.Cello RackSolid, portable protection for your mostfragile instruments. Stable design helpskeep cellos safe during transport, and thesmooth-rolling caddy lets you roll themanywhere. Environmentally friendly — madefrom renewable forest resources.Violin/Viola RackAvoid costly damage with a smart, stablerack from Wenger. Handsome, closed-enddesign holds instruments in perfectposition. Environmentally friendly — madefrom renewable forest resources.EnvironmentallyresponsibleShown inMaple finishShown inCherry finishShown inCherry finishUSAGEProtection and transportationfor string bassesPERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS• Closed ends for extraprotection• Spacing for instrumentshalf-size and up• Smooth-rolling design for easytransport through doorways and from storeroomto practice, rehearsal, and performance areasCONSTRUCTION• Made from renewable forest resources• Brass hooks let you hang bows• Available in Cherry or Natural finish• Assembly required• 3- and 4-unit racks available• 3-unit dimensions: 61"w x 26"d x 60 1 /2"h(155 cm x 66 cm x 154 cm)• 4-unit dimensions: 80 5 /8"w x 26"d x 60 1 /2"h(205 cm x 66 cm x 154 cm)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NNatural148H003.1 3-unit Bass Rack, 68 lbs (30.8 kg).........$575148H004.1 4-unit Bass Rack, 75 lbs (34 kg)............$685Cherry148H003.2 3-unit Bass Rack, 68 lbs (30.8 kg).........$575148H004.2 4-unit Bass Rack, 75 lbs (34 kg)............$685Assembly requiredUSAGEStore, protect andtransport up to six cellosPERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS• Closed ends for extra protection• Spacing for instruments half-size and up• Smooth-rolling design for easy transport throughdoorways and from storeroom to practice,rehearsal, and performance areasCONSTRUCTION• Made from renewable forest resources• Brass bow hooks let you hang bows• Available in Cherry or Natural finish• Assembly required• 4-unit and 6-unit racks• 4-unit dimensions: 49 3 /8"w x 29"d x 47"h(125 cm x 61 cm x 119 cm)• 6-unit dimensions: 73 1 /8"w x 29"d x 47"h(125 cm x 61 cm x 119 cm)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NNatural148H001.1 4-unit Cello Rack, 51 lbs (23.1 kg) .......$575148H002.1 6-unit Cello Rack, 61 lbs (27.7 kg) .......$710Cherry148H001.2 4-unit Cello Rack, 51 lbs (23.1 kg) .......$575148H002.2 6-unit Cello Rack, 61 lbs (27.7 kg) .......$710Assembly requiredColor Choices: Cherry NaturalUSAGEStore, protect and transportyour violins and violasPERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS• Single rack accommodates16 instruments• Holds cased instruments quarter-size and up• Easy portabilityCONSTRUCTION• Made from renewable forest resources• Available in Cherry or Natural finish• Dimensions: 61"w x 33"d x 50 1 /4"h(155 cm x 84 cm x 128 cm)• Assembly requiredO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N148H005.1 16-unit Violin/Viola Rack (Natural)74 lbs (33.6 kg).....................................$650148H005.2 16-unit Violin/Viola Rack (Cherry)74 lbs (33.6 kg).....................................$650Assembly requiredShown with1/4 and 1/8size cellos800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

68 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGER O B E A N D U N I F O R M S T O R A G ERobe and Uniform Storagefrom WengerGarments are an enormousinvestment requiring specializedstorage and Wenger offers youthe best choices in the industry.Ventilation is key, keepingdust out while allowing airto circulate and moisture todissipate before it leads tomold and mildew. Wenger’sinnovative features and storagedesign elements have long setthe standard, making sure allyour robes, marching banduniforms, hats, and shoesreceive the kind of storagesolution their value warrants.And no matter what kind ofLindenwood University,St. Charles, Missourigarments you own or how many, Wenger has a wide range ofsolutions to fit your inventory and your budget. It’s importantthese items have a secure, breathable space,and we look forward to finding the bestsolution for your specific needs.Rack ‘n Roll Garment Rack[A GREAT WAY TO STORE AND TRANSPORT GARMENTS]Lincoln-Way West High School, New Lenox, IllinoisThis is the easy, smart way tomove your bulky garments,gowns, coats, and uniformsfrom storage to rehearsal orperformance for a fast change.The Rack ‘n Roll garment rackis heavy-duty enough to hold afull wardrobe but designed soefficiently it can easily rollthrough standard doorways orelevators. See page 124 for more information.R E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:GearBoss Shelvingpage 88-89Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochureand TechSheetswww.wengercorp.com/storageOnBoard ® Cargo Cart[RUGGED STORAGE CARTS MADE FOR TRANSPORT]Perfect for transport in box trucksand trailers, OnBoard Carts arebuilt tough with heavy-dutycasters and 12-gauge steel. Outfitwith shelves, garment bar or both.The number one choice ofmarching bands.See page 77 for moreinformation.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 69UltraStor Robe and Uniform Cabinets[OUR ORIGINAL, PROVEN AND ATTRACTIVE CABINET SYSTEM]These are the premier cabinets for allyour garments, hats, and shoes. Ultra-Stor can be configured to your needs,giving you well-ventilated storage thatkeeps your clothing free from wrinklesand mildew so you can wear them rightoff the rack. UltraStor also exemplifiesthe epitome of Wenger engineering,giving you perfectly functional day-todayoperation and years of performancethat holds up to institutional usewhile retaining its good looks.Cabinet #33, #35 and #31 shown• Patented polyethylene-ridged shelves lastlonger than any others and allow air to circulate around hats and caps• Special venting holes help dissipate moisture, mildew, and odors• Lockable grille (padlock supplied by owner) and solid (optional) doors prevent theft• 2" (5 cm) hanger spacing prevents wrinkles.• 10-year warrantySee pages 54-61 for more information and color choices.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call for assistanceEdge Robe and Uniform Storage[OUR NEW DESIGN, AND A MORE ECONOMICAL CHOICE]Our Edge Storage System isn’t just for instruments.Among the many size and shape configurationsavailable we have column sizes capable of storinglong robes, marching band uniforms, theatrecostumes, and just about anything else you canput on a hanger. See pages 62-63 for moreinformation and color choices.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call for assistanceGearBoss ® High-Density Storage[DURABLE, MOBILE, METAL STORAGE FOR STORAGE ROOMS]Our GearBoss X-Carts and TeamCarts arerugged, metal storage carts that ride on a trackin your storage room or leave the track to roll downthe hallway. They are highly versatile and can besecured with doors and a standard padlock.See pages 84-87 for more information.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call for assistanceUltraStor Cabinet SpecificationsStores 11 Uniforms and RobesUpper shelf for additional storageH: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)W: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)Compartment Sizes:H: 11" (29 cm) H: 66 1 /4" (170 cm)W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm) W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm)D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm)Stores 22 UniformsH: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)W: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)Compartment Size:H: 77 7 /8" (198 cm)W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm)D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm)Assembly required on cabinets #34, #35, #36 and #41#31#32Stores 11 Uniforms and 12 HatsH: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)W: 27 1 /2" (70 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)Compartment Sizes:H: 11 1 /4" (29 cm) H: 39 1 /2" (100 cm)W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm) W: 25 1 /2" (65 cm)D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm)#33Stores 20 Robes or UniformsUpper shelf for additional storageH: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)W: 48 1 /2" (123 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)Compartment Sizes:H: 10 1 /4" (26 cm) H: 63 5 /8" (162 cm)W: 46 1 /2" (118 cm) W: 46 1 /2" (118 cm)D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm)Stores 40 UniformsH: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)W: 48 1 /2" (123 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)Compartment Size:H: 76 1 /2" (194 cm)W: 46 1 /2" (118 cm)D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm)#34#35Stores 20 Uniforms and 24 HatsH: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)W: 48 1 /2" (123 cm)D: 29 1 /4" (74 cm)Compartment Sizes:H: 10 1 /4" (26 cm) H: 38 3 /8" (97.5 cm)W: 46 1 /2" (118 cm) W: 46 1 /2" (118 cm)D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm) D: 27 3 /8" (70 cm)Corner CabinetH: 85 5 /8" (217 cm)W: 48 1 /4" (22 cm)D: 48 1 /4" (22 cm)Stationary and revolvingshelf models available forinstrument, garment andflag/rifle storage.Five Corner CabinetConfigurations#36#41- Revolving Shelf Garment andEquipment Storage- Stationary Shelf Garment Storage- Equipment Storage- Revolving Shelf Garment Storage- Flag Storage800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

70 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEMusic Library SystemIt shouldn’t take longer to find a piece of music than it does to play it. Oursystem has a patented high-density, roll-out design that’s reliable, durableand cuts storage space nearly in half compared to regular file cabinets.If you’re an average band, orchestra or choir program with 1,000 titles,you’ll need more than ten 4-drawer file cabinets that take up 13½' (4 m)of wall space. But our innovative Music Library System stores that sameamount of music in a single design that takes up only 5' 8" (173 cm) ofwall space.B E F O R ETo accommodate 1,000 titles, each 1" (2.5 cm) thick, an average-sizemusic program requires up to 10 four-drawer file cabinets that take up13 1 /2' (4.1m) of wall space.A F T E RWenger’s roll-out shelf design lets you store those same 1,000 titles ina 4-unit, 7-shelf system that takes up only 5'8" (1.7m) of wall space.Five 7-shelf units shown with end coverBoxes not includedShown inPebble finishUSAGEStorage options that cut sheet music storage by more than halfPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• High-density slide-out design minimizes storage space• Organizes music with a systematic approach that can save hours — even days— of searching• Roll-out design economizes space and creates a clean, organized appearance• Designed to accommodate the majority of music filing boxes, end-tab file folders,and envelopesCONSTRUCTION• Compartment size is 10.5"h x 13"d (26.7 cm x 33 cm)• Rugged square tubular frame• 34 1 /2" wide plywood-core shelves coated in a protective polyester laminate• Each unit is 44"d (112 cm) and 16"w (41 cm) in the closed position• Total depth of each cabinet is 80" (203 cm) in the open position• Colors: Interior, shelves and base are Oyster. End cover and front panels available in allthe colors shown on page 61• Fully loaded units can weigh up to 980 lbs. Contact Wenger for safe placement info• See installation requirements including minimum ceiling heights at right• Optional lock kit availableO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N173E600 6-Shelf Music Library Unit, 260 lbs (117.9 kg) ............................................$1,400173E700 7-Shelf Music Library Unit, 281 lbs (127.5 kg) ............................................$1,435173E010 6-Shelf End Cover, 63 lbs (28.6 kg)..................................................................$260173E011 7-Shelf End Cover, 71 lbs (32.2 kg)..................................................................$270173E012 Optional Top Closure Kit (Covers 5 Units), 71 lbs (32.2 kg)..........................$300173E245 Lock Kit, 1 lb. (.45 kg) .........................................................................................$50173E240 4-Pack Lock Kit, 3 lbs (1.5 kg) ..........................................................................$120• 6-shelf units are 81 1 /2" (204 cm) high requiringa minimum ceiling height of 7' (2.1 m). 7-shelfunits are 92" (235 cm) high requiring aminimum ceiling height of 8' (2.4 m)• Total depth of each cabinet is 6' 6" (198 cm)when open, requiring a minimum room depthof 7' (213 cm)“The MusicLibrary System isdeceptive, holding alot more than I firstthought. We’re able toaccess sheet music veryquickly and efficiently. Theunits also open and closeeasily.”– Basil Kerr, BandDirector, CharlestonCounty School of theArts, North Charleston,South CarolinaH O W T O D E T E R M I N E T H EN U M B E R O F U N I T S Y O U ’ L L N E E D1. Measure your current library of sheet music in inches.Filing cabinets: Measure the depth of the music in each drawer. Total depth is thetotal inches of all your individual drawers combined (music only).Open shelving: Measure the total lineal inches of sheet music on each shelf.Music must be stacked standing straight up. Add the total of each shelf toarrive at total depth.2. Divide total depth by the total capacity of the 6- or 7-shelf unit.7-shelf unit total capacity = 241 1 /2" (613 cm)6-shelf unit total capacity = 207" (526 cm)MUSIC LIBRARY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS• We recommend installation on concrete, epoxy-coatedconcrete or industrial-grade carpet without a pad.• Must be attached to a wall – not freestanding.• Fewer than four units must be placed in a corner.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 71Music Sorting RackSort your scores by instrument and rollit from your music library to rehearsal orperformance. Strong, stable design willstand up to years of use.M U S I C L I B R A R Y S Y S T E M• Durable, smooth-rolling swivelcasters let you take your sheetmusic anywhere• Identifies 46 slots by instrument foreasy organization• Slots are 1" (2.5 cm) wide and 9"(23 cm) front to back• Color options shown below• Dimensions: 48"w x 24"d x 35"h(122 cm x 61 cm x 89 cm)Full instrumentation stickers are includedwith the sorting rack and provide anexcellent organizational tool.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N173E050 Music Sorting Rack, 165 lbs (75 kg) .............................................$805Music Sorting Rack with Doors, 203 lbs (91 kg)......................$1,040Ships assembledCharleston County School of the Arts, North Charleston, South CarolinaCabinet Color Options:Wenger’s Music Sorting Rack is availablewith or without doors.Companion Products:Folio Cabinetspages 72-73R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)OysterPebbleEveningTigrisFusionMapleBrochure,Productand TechSheetsWengerMapleWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/storageThese three doorcolors available forOyster cabinets.CherrySolarOak800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

72 • INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGEF O L I O C A B I N E T STall Folio CabinetsKeep all of your folios right where you need them. Tall cabinetseasily store up to 100 of your band, orchestra, or choral foliosin a single, organized unit. These durable, easy-to-work-withcabinets make the most of every square-inch of space.Charleston County School of the Arts, North Charleston, South CarolinaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Music Library Systempage 70Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,Productand TechSheetswww.wengercorp.com/storageUSAGEKeeps all of your folios organized in a stationary cabinetPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Polyester laminate finish for added strength• Available with adjustable shelves for both choral andband/orchestraCONSTRUCTION• Shelf supports are guided by an extruded-aluminumcolumn with black finish• Shelves are constructed of thermofused composite wood• Shelf spacing is adjustable in 1 /2" (1.3 cm) incrementsfrom 1" (2.5cm) to 3" (7.5cm) spacing intervals• Choice of all the color combinations shown on page 73SHELF SPACINGCAPACITY1" (25 mm) 1441 1 /2" (38 mm) 962" (51 mm) 722 1 /2" (64 mm) 563" (76 mm) 48O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NTALL BAND/ORCHESTRA FOLIO CABINETDimensions: 32 7 /8"w x 19 1 /4"d x 84"h (84 cm x 49 cm x 213 cm)Shelf dimensions: 14 7 /16"w x 13 7 /8"d (37 cm x 35 cm)Shelf spacing can be adjusted in 1 /2"(13 mm) increments from 1" to 3" (25 mm to 76 mm)146M052 Tall Band/Orchestra Folio Cabinet— without Door, 230 lbs (105 kg) ..................................................$1,225— with Door, 281 lbs (128 kg) ........................................................$1,410TALL CHORAL FOLIO CABINETDimensions: 27 1 /4"w x 19 1 /4"d x 84"h (69 cm x 49 cm x 213 cm)Shelf dimensions: 11 5 /8"w x 12 3 /8"d (29.5 cm x 31.4 cm)Shelf spacing can be adjusted in 1 /2"(13 mm) increments from 1" to 3" (25 mm to 76 mm)146M012 Tall Choral Folio Cabinet— without Door, 196 lbs (89 kg) ....................................................$1,115— with Door, 238 lbs (108 kg) ........................................................$1,290Note: Doors cannot be added later. Weights and dimensions listed for 1.5" shelf spacing only.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

INSTRUMENT AND GARMENT STORAGE • 73Mobile Folio CabinetsWenger’s Mobile Folio Cabinets are a greatway to make your choral or band/orchestramusic portable.USAGEKeeps all of your folios organized in a mobile cabinetPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Polyester laminate finish for added strength• Optional lockable doors available in all colorsshown below• Available with adjustable shelves for both choraland band/orchestraCONSTRUCTION• Shelf supports are guided by an extrudedaluminumcolumn with black finish• Shelves are constructed of thermofusedcomposite wood• Shelf spacing is adjustable in 1 /2" (1.3 cm)increments from 1" (2.5cm) to 3" (7.5cm) spacingintervals• Choice of all the color combinations shown below• Durable, smooth-rolling swivel casters let you takeyour sheet music anywhereO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NMOBILE BAND/ORCHESTRA FOLIO CABINETS146M032 Two-Column Mobile Band/Orchestra Folio CabinetDimensions: 32 7 /16"w x 17 5 /8"d x 50 7 /8"h (83 cm x 45 cm x 129 cm)– without door, 147 lbs (67 kg).......................................................$790– with door, 178 lbs (81 kg).............................................................$945146M033 Three-Column Mobile Band/Orchestra Folio CabinetDimensions: 47 3 /4"w x 17 5 /8"d x 50 7 /8"h (121 cm x 45 cm x 129 cm)– without door, 205 lbs (93 kg).......................................................$980– with door, 250 lbs (114 kg)........................................................$1,145MOBILE CHORAL FOLIO CABINETS146M022 Two-Column Mobile Choral Folio CabinetDimensions: 26 3 /4"w x 17 5 /8"d x 50 7 /8"h (68 cm x 45 cm x 129 cm)– without door, 125 lbs (57 kg).......................................................$775– with door, 149 lbs (68 kg).............................................................$865SHELF SPACING CAPACITY CHARTCABINETSHELF SPACING1" 1 1 /2" 2" 2 1 /2" 3"25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 64 mm 76 mm2-COLUMN CHORAL 84 56 42 34 283-COLUMN CHORAL 126 84 63 51 424-COLUMN CHORAL 168 112 84 68 562-COLUMN BAND/ORCHESTRA 84 56 42 34 283-COLUMN BAND/ORCHESTRA 126 84 63 51 42146M023 Three-Column Mobile Choral Folio CabinetDimensions: 39 7 /16"w x 17 5 /8"d x 50 7 /8"h (100 cm x 45 cm x 129 cm)– without door, 169 lbs (77 kg).......................................................$950– with doors, 205 lbs (93 kg)........................................................$1,115146M024 Four-Column Mobile Choral Folio CabinetDimensions: 51 3 /4"w x 17 5 /8"d x 50 7 /8"h (131 cm x 45 cm x 129 cm)– without door, 216 lbs (99 kg)....................................................$1,100– with doors, 298 lbs (135 kg)......................................................$1,270Note: Doors cannot be added later.Folio Cabinets with adjustable shelf spacing offer the most storage space for the money.Folio labels lets you name or number slots. (Folios not included.)Color Combinations for all Folio Cabinets:Door LaminateColorEdge BandingHardwareCherryCherryBlackEveningTigrisPepper DustPepper DustFusionMapleAlmondAlmondSolarOakBlackBlackPebbleOysterOysterWengerMapleOysterOysterOysterOysterOysterOyster cabinetalso availablewith Pebbleand WengerMaple doors.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

“We’re very happy with all our OnBoard products.As a director, I appreciate how they are solidlybuilt. They’re built to handle what we do, which is theextreme of the marching arts activities. When we’re going toa performance, we don’t worry about our OnBoard equipmentbecause it’s rock solid.”– Brad Furlano, Executive DirectorBlue Stars Drum & Bugle Corps, La Crosse, WisconsinAvon High School, Avon, IndianaMusic for All Bands of AmericaGrand Nationals, Indianapolis, Indiana800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ONBOARD ®TRANSPORT CARTSUniform CartPage 76Cargo CartPage 77The safe, secure, easy way totransport marching banduniforms. Great for low-profileand under-bus storage.Rugged, built to last, withthe ability to easily haulinstruments, uniforms, etc.wherever you need them.Timpani CartPage 78Transports individual drumsor timpani sets. Perfect forconcert or field use.Auxiliary PodiumPage 79Compact, folding design rolls easilyon two wheels when folded andthen sets up fast where you need it.Field PodiumPage 79A revolutionary new design fordrum majors makes setup a snapin under 30 seconds.Percussion CartPage 80Marching bands and drumcorps will love the storage,mobility, and easy access foroutdoor performances. Worksgreat for indoor rehearsals too.Bass Drum/Gong CartPage 80Holds and stores large bassdrums or gongs. Great formarching band competitionsor concerts.Speaker CartPage 81Heavy-duty workhorsestores and moves largespeakers down the hall oracross the football field.Keyboard CartPage 81Now it only takes one cart tomove an electronic keyboardonto the field, set it up, play it,and store it. Perfect for indoorrehearsal and outdoorperformance.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

76 • ONBOARD ® TRANSPORT CARTSO N B O A R D ®T R A N S P O R T C A R T SOnBoard ® Uniform CartIf you travel by bus to and from performances, theOnBoard Uniform Cart is a safe, convenient way totransport marching band uniforms. Solid, versatile storagethat holds up to 24 uniforms and travels easily in standardcoach bus storage compartments.USAGESafe, easy way to transport marching band uniformsfor low-profile and under-bus storagePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Lightweight design for movement and lifting by two people• Accommodates up to 24 standard-length uniforms• Specifically designed to fit into the standard storage compartment of acoach bus• 250 lb (113 kg) load capacity• Includes 28 hanger retainer clips• Hanger arms include space for label on end capCONSTRUCTION• Durable ABS construction with built-in slide rails on back of cart• Dimensions: 48"l x 23"d x 45"h (122 cm x 58 cm x 114 cm)• Fits through standard 3' (91 cm) doorwaysR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:TranSport Cartpage 93Owatonna Bus Company, Owatonna, MinnesotaLiterature available:(call or download from the web)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210A007 OnBoard Uniform Cart, 56 lbs (25 kg) .....................................$809210A012 OnBoard Uniform Cart - 2-Pack, 112 lbs (50 kg)..................$1,543Brochureand TechSheetsWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/onboardHanger Retainer Clipslock hangers in placeto prevent uniformsfrom falling off thegarment bar duringtransport.Wear strip and slidestrip help to easilyglide cart into buscompartment.Rugged handles makeit easy to roll cartwhere you need it andthen tilt cart into positionto slide into busstorage compartment.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ONBOARD ® TRANSPORT CARTS • 77“The OnBoardCargo Cart isanother greatWenger product –its dependability iswithout question and itgives us great flexibilityin handling our marchingband uniforms.”– Evelio Villarreal,Director of BandsPlano East SeniorHigh, Plano, TexasOnBoard ® Cargo CartWe asked marching bands what they wanted in a cart. Theywanted it to be rugged, built to last, with the ability to easily haulinstruments, uniforms, flags — you name it. In other words, theywanted the new Wenger OnBoard Cargo Cart. Each unit can beeasily configured with shelves, a garment bar or both. The garmentbar can be replaced with an optional shelf to haul instruments.And OnBoard Cargo Carts fit through standard doorways and areperfect for transport in standard trailers.USAGEIdeal way to move marching band instruments, uniforms, and equipmentPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Easy to reconfigure with shelves, garment bar or both• Capacities: 35 marching band uniforms on garment bar, 21 hats on bottom shelf• Heavy-duty solid rubber casters or pneumatic wheels maneuver easily on hard orsoft surfaces• Optional adjustable shelves (not included)CONSTRUCTION• Equipped with removable full-length garment bar and 40 hanger retainer clips tolock uniforms in place• Bottom shelf constructed of 16-gauge steel with powder coat black paint finish• Garment bar constructed of 12-gauge 1 1 /4" (3.2 cm) round tubing• Uprights are 16-gauge 1 1 /4" (3.2 cm) round tubing with slots for additional shelves• Dimensions: 72 1 /2"l x 31 1 /2"d x 70 1 /2"h (184 cm x 80 cm x 179 cm)• Fits through standard 3' (91 cm) doorways• Fits into trailers, semi-trailers and trucks with minimum 6' (183 cm) door height.Six fully loaded carts fit into a 14' (4.26 m) trailer and nine carts fit into a 20'(6.1 m) trailer• Top of garment bar to top of bottom shelf is 5' 1 1 /2" (154 cm)• 5-year warranty• Shipped unassembledO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210A003 6’ (183cm) OnBoard Cargo Cart, 130 lbs (59 kg) with hard casters .....$981210A004 6’ (183cm) OnBoard Cargo Cart, 130 lbs (59 kg)with pneumatic casters..........................................................................$1,008Optional Accessories210A002 Adjustable Shelf, 50 lbs (23 kg)................................................................$215210A230 Hanger Retainer Clip (Bag of 40) ...............................................................$39210A220 Protective Cover.........................................................................................$233Take your equipment to whereyou practice and perform –pneumatic wheels make it easyfor two people to transport cartsloaded with heavy instrumentswhether on grass or concrete.Solid rubber non-marring castersare extremely durable andprovide smooth transport insideor outside your facility.Optional shelves are adjustable.OnBoard Cargo Carts featureslots attaching up to threeshelves in addition to the bottomshelf. This makes it easy to addor remove shelves based onyour need.Hanger Retainer Clips lockhangers in place to preventuniforms from falling off thegarment bar – especially duringtransport in a trailer.Cart shown with two optional shelves.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

78 • ONBOARD ® TRANSPORT CARTSO N B O A R D ®T R A N S P O R T C A R T SOnBoard ® Timpani CartThis unique, innovative design lets you easily move individualtimpani or complete sets onto the field, into the concert hall andback into storage. The innovative design allows this cart toquickly convert to the proper performance position with onesimple turn. The system fits all five sizes of pedal-style timpani.And stabilizer bars allow the cart to be used on uneven surfaces.Metea Valley High School, Aurora, IllinoisR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:PercussionCartpage 80Literature available:(call or download from the web)USAGEEasily transport pedal-style timpani anywhere for marching band or concert usePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Fits all five sizes of pedal-style timpani — 20", 23", 26", 29" and 32"(51 cm, 58 cm, 66 cm, 74 cm and 81 cm) diameter• Stabilizer bars allow cart to remain steady on uneven surfaces• Black powder-coat paint finish makes cart virtually invisible on a field• Carts can separate and be used individually• Fold-down player platform quickly locks into performance position• Tie-down rings allow timpani to be secured in place(Tie-down straps not included)• Can be easily pulled onto the field with drums in place• Metal tow bar included• Holds up to 4 drums of the sizes listedCONSTRUCTION• Each cart includes two 10"-diameter (25 cm) pneumatic tires• Load capacity: 200 lbs (90 kg) evenly distributed per cart• Dimensions: 34 1 /2"w x 149"l x 16"h (88 cm x 378 cm x 41 cm) folded flat,44 1 /2"h (113 cm) when player platform is vertical• Performance position: 90"w x 90"l x 12"h (229 cm x 229 cm x 31 cm)• Weight: 180 lbs (82 kg)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210A016 OnBoard Timpani Cart, 180 lbs (82 kg) ................................$1,615Brochureand TechSheetsWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/onboardThe OnBoard TimpaniCart converts from its towingposition into a stable performanceplatform in a few simple steps.Center pin may beremoved to separatecarts for individual use.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ONBOARD ® TRANSPORT CARTS • 79OnBoard ® Auxiliary PodiumThe companion to the Field Podium, the AuxiliaryPodium stands 42" (1.1 m) tall to flank the DrumMajor. One person can roll it easilyand it can be unfolded and readyto go in less than 30 seconds.It’s sturdy and comeswith a safety railing.QR CODESnap this QRcode to viewsetups of bothpodiums onYouTube!OnBoard ® Field PodiumThis podium can be unfolded andready to go in less than30 seconds. It’s 72" (1.8 m) tallfor a commanding view, butis sturdy enough to be virtuallywobble-free. The opendesign will never blockthe audience’s view ofthe performance and theunique design foldscompactly after use.The Field Podiumrolls easily towherever you needit and when foldedcan even be usedto transport otherequipment.Heavy-duty surfaceBlack (Quadripple)Rubber wheels makerolling this podiumonto the field a snap.USAGEAn elevated, sturdy drum major platform that rolls out easy and sets upfast for a commanding viewPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Breakthrough design sets up in less than 30 seconds by one person• 42" (1.1 m) platform lets a drum major see and be seen• Ladder steps on the back and a safety rail on top• Rubber wheels make transportation onto the field easy• Sturdy deck with excellent traction and long life durabilityCONSTRUCTION• Unique combination of black, powder-coat painted steel and aluminumfor a striking appearance and maximum durability• Simple design folds compactly and rolls from vehicle to performanceposition• Two high-wear rubber wheels• Dimensions: with rail - 32"w x 72"l x 80"h (81 cm x 183 cm x 203 cm)without rail - 32"w x 72"l x 42"h (81 cm x 183 cm x 107 cm)stored position - 32"w x 54"l x 8"h (81 cm x 54 cm x 8 cm)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210A019 OnBoard Auxiliary Podium, 81 lbs (37 kg)..............................$871USAGEAn elevated, sturdy field platform that rolls outeasy and sets up fast for a commanding viewPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Breakthrough design sets up in less than 30 secondsLarge diameter rubberwith two peoplewheels with brakes• 72" (1.8 m) platform lets a drum major see and be seen• Ladder steps on each end and removable safety rails on top• Rubber wheels and tow bar make transportation onto the field easy• Sturdy deck with excellent traction and long life durabilityCONSTRUCTION• Unique combination of black, powder-coat painted steel and aluminum fora striking appearance and maximum durability• Includes two gas assists to minimize lifting effort• Four large diameter, high-wear rubber wheels. (Note: Not available withpneumatic wheels)• Tow bar included for easy transport• Folds compactly and will fit on most trailers and trucks• Dimensions: with rail - 46 1 /4"w x 96"l x 110"h (117 cm x 244 cm x 279 cm)without rail - 46 1 /4"w x 96"l x 72"h (117 cm x 244 cm x 183 cm)stored position - 46 1 /4"w x 96"l x 21 1 /2"h (117 cm x 244 cm x 55 cm)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210A018 OnBoard Field Podium, 263 lbs (119 kg) ..............................$2,106The Auxiliary Podium can set up easily in three simple steps by one person.The Field Podium can set up easily in three simple steps with two people.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

80 • ONBOARD ® TRANSPORT CARTSO N B O A R D ®T R A N S P O R T C A R T SOnBoard ® Percussion CartMarching bands and drum corpswill love the storage, mobility,and easy access that our newPercussion Cart gives them foroutdoor performances. Worksfor indoor use too. Castersroll easily on grass or hardsurfaces and lock in placefor worry-free stability.USAGEEasy way to store, transport andplay percussion instruments for drumcorps or marching band performancesPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Bar designed to hold wide selection of small percussion instruments• Designed to allow arms’ reach access to all instruments• 150 lb (66 kg) load capacity• Includes storage pockets for mallets, sticks, etc.• Metal tow bar is includedCONSTRUCTION• Four posts with clamps to attach instruments to bar• Pneumatic tires for easy mobility on soft surfaceswith two locking wheels• Dimensions: 72 1 /4"l x 31"d x 49 1 /2"h(184 cm x 79 cm x 126 cm)• Fits through standard 3' doorwayHandy storagefor mallets andsticks.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210B006 OnBoard Percussion Cart, 90 lbs (41 kg) .................................$1,036OnBoard ® Bass Drum/Gong CartNow it’s an easy job for one or two people to get the bassdrum or the gong on the field or back in storage. Our newBass Drum/Gong Cart is perfect for marching bandcompetitions or for indoor concerts.Blue Stars Drum and Bugle Corps, La Crosse, WisconsinR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Timpani Cartpage 78Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochureand TechSheetswww.wengercorp.com/onboardUSAGEEasy way to move and store bass drums andgongs for marching band competitions orrehearsals and indoor concertsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Elastic suspension system designed toeasily hold the weight of a large bassdrum or gong up to 40" (101 cm) diameter• Drum tilts in 15-degree increments• Metal tow bar includedCONSTRUCTION• Two rigid and two swivel pneumatic tires• Includes storage pockets for mallets• Black powder-coat paint finish• Dimensions: 25 1 /2"w x 64"l x 57 1 /4"h(64 cm x 163 cm x 145 cm)• Weight: 81 lbs (37 kg)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210A013 OnBoard Bass Drum/Gong Cart, 81 lbs (37 kg) ......................$856800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ONBOARD ® TRANSPORT CARTS • 81OnBoard ® Speaker CartMoving big speakers out onto a field has always been a painful,laborious process. Until now. Now there’s the OnBoard SpeakerCart and it’s designed to easily and securely move large speakers.It even moves heavy speakers over thresholds and cordswith ease. Tilt your speakers to just the right angle. An accessorytray is also available to hold and store battery packs.OnBoard ® Keyboard CartMove the electronic keyboard out onto the field, set it up,play it, and store it — all with one cart. It’s the perfect wayto make your keyboard mobile and easy toplay. Perfect for indoor and outdoor use.Features two swivel casters with brakesand locks. Rolls as easily on grassas it does on hard surfaces.Cart shown withoptional battery tray.USAGEThe easy way to move heavy speakersto and from storage and on to field for performancePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Designed to move heavy-duty speakers up to 14"d (35.6 cm) x 24"w (61 cm)• Supports one speaker up to 50 lbs (22.5 kg)• Cart tilts speakers into performancepositions — 0, 15, 30 and 45-degrees• Black powder-coat paint finish makesproduct virtually invisible on field• Metal tow bar includedCONSTRUCTION• Rolls easily on soft surfaces with two rigidand two swivel pneumatic tires• Fits through a standard 3' (91 cm) doorway• Dimensions: 25 1 /2"w x 39"l x 27"h(64 cm x 99 cm x 68 cm)• Weight: 72 lbs (33 kg)Adjusting the speaker angle is easy.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210A014 OnBoard Speaker Cart, 72 lbs (33 kg) .......................................................$749210A017 OnBoard Speaker Cart (2-pack), 175 lbs (79 kg) ...................................$1,433210A015 Battery Tray, 8 lbs (3.6 kg) ............................................................................$81The OnBoard Speaker Cart and other OnBoard Carts can be linked together andtowed by a golf cart or utility vehicle. The large, pneumatic OnBoard tires roll easilyonto grass or artificial turf for practice or performance.USAGEEasy way to store, transport and play keyboard formarching band performancesPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Top shelf accommodates 88-key keyboard length and width• Designed to prevent keyboard from sliding around during transport• Bottom shelf supports amplifier, graphic equalizer, speakers and otherelectronic equipment• 300 lb (135 kg) load capacity• Cord wrap for power cables included• Adjustable to proper playing height 41"- 44" (104 cm-112 cm)• Rolls easily on grass with heavy-duty pneumatic tires• Metal tow bar includedCONSTRUCTION• Shelf extensions tip up to allow sound to project to audience• Supports speaker weights up to 75 lbs• Supports speaker dimensions up to 22” w, 16” d, 30” h• Built to withstand limited exposure to outdoor elements• Dimensions: 68 1 /2"l x 31"d x 41"h (174 cm x 79 cm x 104 cm)• Fits through standard 3’ (91 cm) doorwayO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N210B005 OnBoard Keyboard Cart, 150 lbs (68 kg)..............................$1,265210A008 Shelf Extensions, Package of 2, 25 lbs (11 kg)........................$213The optional shelfextensions canquickly fold out tohold speakers orother equipment.Shelves are 22"l x16 1 /2"d x 1 1 /2"h(56 cm x 42 cm x4 cm)The main keyboardshelf tilts to thedesired angle andadjusts in height.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

QR CODESnap this QRcode to viewour GearBosscart setup onYouTube!“We’ve had no concerns with anything from Wenger – theproducts speak for themselves in terms of quality. Durabilityand ease of use were the two biggest reasons we choseGearBoss. Everything’s holding up and working fine.”– Larry Adkins, Assistant Principal, R.B. Stall High School,North Charleston, South CarolinaR.B. Stall High School, North Charleston, South Carolina800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

GEARBOSS ®STORAGE AND TEAM ROOM SOLUTIONSGearBoss High-Density Storage SystemPages 84-85Team Carts and X-Carts provide flexible,modular storage. Team Carts are portablefor easy transport to issue site, court oroff-site competition.SportCart Page 86Provides the flexibility of theX-Cart and Team Carts in amobile version that can fit intoand through smaller spaces.GearBoss II High-Density Storage SystemPage 87Organize your athletic equipment with the neweconomical version of GearBoss High-DensityStorage. GearBoss II offers a measure of similarstorage features at a reduced price.GearBoss ® ShelvingPages 88-89A durable and flexible shelvingsystem for music, theatre andathletic programs. Shown withSportCart .Customizable Wood LockersPage 90GearBoss wood lockers are incrediblydurable, highly aesthetic, and a bigstep towards improved sanitation.AirPro TM LockersPage 91A new grille design offerssuperior ventilation, security,sanitation and aesthetics.Field PodiumPage 79Take a commanding view of the action.The mobile Field Podium puts yourcoaches in position to be seen andheard.Mobile KioskPage 92Self-contained mobile merchandisingkiosks allow you to be where your fansare. Pulls easily through doors andhallways. Sets up in minutes.TranSport CartPage 93Finally, a rugged equipment cartthat can carry the big stuff out tothe field. Plus it reconfigures tocreate a sturdy table.For more GearBoss information call your Wenger representative and ask for a copy of our GearBoss catalog and planning tools!800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

84 • GEARBOSS ® Literature available:H I G H - D E N S I T YS T O R A G ETeam CartsGearBoss ®High-Density StorageX-CartsGearBoss high-density storage carts create more room in lessspace – improving space efficiency by as much as 50% – byusing an innovative system of tracks and rolling carts. X-Cartsare designed to move laterally on the track and stay in yourequipment room. Team Carts are portable and engineered withretractable track guides so you can move the equipment aroundthe room or off campus. No more wasted time running back andforth to the storage room. Every cart can be reconfigured formaximum storage. The best solution includes a mix of X-Cartsand Team Carts, and your Wenger representative will design thebest solution for you. Bottom line — you’ll get a flexible sportsstorage system engineered to meet every challenge.Chanhassen High School, Chanhassen, MinnesotaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Shelvingpages88-89Web link:(call or download from the web)Catalog,Productand TechSheets;Planning guidewww.wengercorp.com/storageUSAGEEasy to use, easy to access, efficient storage system can handle all of youruniforms and gear.PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Convert traditional storage area into organized, secure high-density spaceCONSTRUCTION• Available in two widths 32" (81 cm) and 48" (122 cm)• Roller guides follow the track keeping the units aligned and are made ofglass-filled nylon• Intended for indoor use in normal ambient temperature and humidityconditions — must not be exposed to prolonged outside weather conditions• Welded chassis made from 16-gauge, 14-gauge and 12-gauge components• Upright support tubes constructed from large 2" (5 cm) diameter,16-gauge steel tubing• Resistant-welded heavy-duty steel wire grille end frames• Durable powder-coat paint finishes• Variety of colors available for wire grille ends• Heavy-duty 6" (15 cm) wheels provide easy movement• Roof panel constructed from solid 5/8" (1.5 cm) thermofused woodcomposite and with aluminum extrusions is rated for a 150 lb (67.5 kg) load• 32" (81 cm) wide x 78" (198 cm) long x 79" (201 cm) high• 48" (122 cm) wide x 78" (198 cm) long x 79" (201 cm) highO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representative for consultation.“GearBoss maximizes our available storage space and protectsour investment. We easily have $100,000 of uniforms andequipment. The carts keep the equipment off the ground, safe frompests and moisture.”– Mike Giaime, Athletic Director, Del Norte High School, San Diego, CA800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

GEARBOSS ® • 85GearBoss CartsGearBoss High Density Storage has earned manyfans – from schools, to colleges, to pro sports teams.Vanden High School, Fairfield, CaliforniaX-Carts [HIGH DENSITY STORAGE CARTS THAT MAXIMIZEYOUR SPACE BY SLIDING TOGETHER AND APARTALONG A FIXED ALIMINUM TRACK]Team Carts [HIGH-DENSITY STORAGE CARTS THAT CAN LEAVETHE TRACK AND TRANSPORT YOUR GEAR WHEREVERYOU NEED IT.]Tracks allow you to move your X & Team Carts laterallyto create an aisle between carts, saving valuable space.Transforming your equipment roominto an organized, clean, professionalstorage space is easy with GearBoss.Our rugged X-Carts create an efficent,smart system of storage that will savespace, protect your equipment, andsave you loads of time spent organizing.X-Carts roll laterally along a fixedaluminum track creating aisles betweencarts when you need to get at yourequipment and closing back togetherwhen you don’t. Carts can be configuredwith a full range of panels, doorsand grilles in your team colors. You canalso add accessories like doors, helmethangers, shoulder pad stackers, hangerrods, shelves, dividers and more.Stop making multipletrips to andfrom the storageroom. With Gear-Boss Team Carts,getting uniformsand equipmentwhere you need itis easy.Now it’s easy to get your equipment outof storage and to the gym, practicearea, parking lot or sidelines – withoutbreaking a sweat. GearBoss Team Cartsretain all the convenient storagebenefits of X-Carts but are engineeredto leave the track. Imagine all your gearorganized on one or two high-densitystorage carts, traveling wherever itneeds to go – and back again. Orpark and lock your equipment in atemporary space, instantly creatingsafe, secure storage anywhere.Northridge High School, Middlebury, IndianaLakeville North High School, Lakeville, MinnesotaUniversity of Missouri, Columbia, MissouriAttic AdditionEngineered to maximizevertical storage potential.Two heights – 26”(66 cm) and 38” (97 cm)to stretch the limits ofyour ceiling.Retractable Guides andSwivel Casters on theTeam Cart allow you toleave the track and easilytransport equipment.Handles and Casters letyou move large amounts ofequipment down the hall,through doorways, outside,on the trailer...Dallas Cowboys, Irving, Texas800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

86 • GEARBOSS ® Literature available:GEARBOSS SPORTCARTGEARBOSS IIHIGH-DENSITY STORAGEGearBoss ® SportCart Compact GearBoss SportCarts can be used as part of a largerGearBoss installation or as a mobile, stand-alone solution.They are designedfor use in smallspaces and forsports thatrequire lessstorage. Fourheavy-duty, 5"swivel castersmake mobility asnap. The nimbleSportCart willnavigate narrowhallways, shorterdoor openingsand mostelevators. It’sthe small-spacestorage solution.Mobile storage on asmaller scale - as a trainercart, it’s perfect for storingtools, medical equipment orother small items.Get innovative and useit for storing things besidesequipment like thesnacks you sell at yourconcession stand.Roll where you need it.Easily rolls through doorwaysand is small enoughto store in a closet orsmaller storage room.Del Norte High School, San Diego, CaliforniaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Shelvingpages88-89Web link:(call or download from the web)Catalog,Productand TechSheets;Planning guidewww.wengercorp.com/storageUSAGESportCarts TM have a smaller profile for easy movement around your facility,in elevators and on trucks and trailers.PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• High density storage on or off the track• Heavy-duty commercial-grade swivel casters for easy moving on hardsurfaces such as concrete, gym floors, tile and low-pile unpadded carpetCONSTRUCTION• Welded chassis made from 16-gauge,14-gauge and 12-gauge components• Upright support tubes constructed from large 2" (5 cm) diameter,16-gauge steel tubing.• Resistant welded heavy-duty steel wire grille end frames• Variety of colors available for wire grille ends• Extra wide heavy-duty 5" (12.7 cm) swivel casters made from glass-fillednylon with polyurethane non-marring outer roller guides• Roof panel is solid 5/8" (1.5 cm) thermofused composite wood core withaluminum extrusions is rated for a 150 lb (67.5 kg) load• 32" (81 cm) wide x 41 2 /3" (106 cm) long x 74 1 /2" (189 cm) highO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representative for consultation.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

GEARBOSS ® • 87GearBoss ® II High-DensityStorage SystemThe newest high-density storage system from Wenger joinsour successful Team and X-Carts in creating athletic equipmentstorage rooms that make better use of availablespace. With this new system you get the same space-savingorganization as our existing carts in a simplified system with abudget-friendly price. You will gain more control over thetime and money lost to poor organization, lax security andmisplaced inventory. This storage system is simply a betterway to care for your equipment investments.USAGEEasy-to-use, easy-to-access, high-density storage system that rollslaterally on tracks to make the most efficient use of your storage spacePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Convert traditional storage area into organized, high-density space• Fixed track system creates a movable aisle to maximize otherwise wastedspace and allow interior access to the carts and surrounding area• Intended for indoor use in normal ambient temperature and humidityconditions — must not be exposed to prolonged outside weather conditions• Open grille design improves airflow and facilitates visibilityCONSTRUCTION• Dimensions: 32"w x 79"h x 72"d (81 cm x 2 m x 1.8 m)• Welded chassis made from 16-gauge, 14-gauge and 12-gaugecomponents• Upright support tubes constructed from large 2" (5 cm) diameter,16-gauge steel tubing• Resistant-welded heavy-duty steel wire grille end frames• Heavy-duty cast iron 6" (15 cm) wheels provide easy movement andkeep the units aligned• Durable powder-coat paint finish. Black bases, shelves and garmentbars. Silver tubes and grille• Adjustable shelf included• Options include garment bars, shelving and grille side closures• 10-year warrantySTANDARD COMPONENTSCart includes integrated garment bar, one adjustable-height shelf and one6' (1.8 m) floor track.OPTIONS/ACCESSORIES• Additional shelves, garment bars, grille side closure panel, floor tracks,stop, lockMoving the storage system iseasy – even when fully loaded –thanks to the smooth cast ironwheels and track.CART PLACEMENT EXAMPLE:Fill one end of a storage room wall-to-wallO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representative for consultation.Royse City High School, Royse City, TexasAccessoriesHelmets and pads don’t needto be thrown in a bin or onmakeshift racks where theycan get moldy.Store up to 360 hung jerseysHanger bars can be addedwith ease – now your jerseyscan be orderly, fresh and wrinkle-free.User friendlyCarts butt up against eachother without pinching fingers,then roll back apart with ease.Grille Side Closure PanelFor added security inunlocked storage rooms.Floor LockA locking pin can keep Gear-Boss II carts from rolling –preventing access.Track StopKeep carts from rolling offthe end of your tracks.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

88 • GEARBOSS ®G E A R B O S S S H E LV I N GGearBoss ® ShelvingThis is the affordable, flexible, durable solution for shelvingstorage and workspace needs. It works great for athletic,music and marching band storage; and theatre garment andprop storage. The cantilever design optimizes overhead spaceand keeps the floor free from supports for extra room. Thesystem is so versatile it can be configured to your specificneeds to make sure you get the maximum storage space.USAGEEasy way to create durablestorage for music, theatreand athletic programsPERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS• Cantilever design keepsthe floor open for carts andflexible use• Holes at 1" (2.5 cm) incrementsprovide easy adjustability• Each bay is load-rated at 1,000 lbs(450 kg) (if installation instructions are strictly followed)• Spans doors and windows, if necessary• Easy to install and relocate• Shelves are adjustable by hand – no tools required• Uprights and mounting brackets are zinc-plated to avoid rustCONSTRUCTION• Available in bays 4'w x 8'h (122 cm x 244 cm)• Shelf supports are 14-gauge 7 /8" (2.2 cm) square tube-steel with silverpowder coat paint finish• Aluminum shelf fronts feature a 3 /8" (1 cm) lip to retain a hardboardinsert or work surface option• 10-year warrantyOPTIONS• 17 1 /2" (44.5 cm) and 30 1 /2" (77.5 cm) depth shelves• garment bar• lock box• work surface• drawerO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representative for consultation.St. Thomas University, St. Paul, MinnesotaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:GearBossHigh-DensityStoragepages 84-85Literature available:(call or download from the web)Catalog,Productand TechSheets;Planning guideWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/storageOld Dominion University equipment room featuring GearBoss storage carts andshelves with work tops and security boxes.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

GEARBOSS ® • 89GearBoss ShelvingGearBoss Shelving can be used in so many ways.Here are some of our customers’ applications.Theatre application:GearBoss shelvingshown with Rack-n-Roll ®Athletic application:GearBoss shelvingshown with SportCart TMMusic application:GearBoss shelvingshown with SportCart TM“Most of all, I love the ability to have a whole wall of shelving units and still be able to roll in mypercussion equipment under the shelving units. As the program gets bigger, the amount ofequipment that we will need to be storing will also change, and the GearBoss shelves can beadjusted, moved and rearranged to accommodate our needs as they change. With some of thepercussion equipment being fairly heavy, I do not have to worry about the shelves becoming loose, orstarting to tilt down due to a heavy item on the shelf.”– Jason Smith, Director of Bands,Skyline High School, Ann Arbor, MichiganHart High School, Newhall, CaliforniaHinsdale Central High School, Hinsdale, IllinoisSt. Thomas University, St. Paul, MinnesotaCreate desktops and work centersOptional worktops are 5/8" (1.6 cm) laminated hardboard. They’reperfect for workbenches or creating a desk. Height adjustable. Add ametal pull-out drawer for tools and more. Available with 30.5" (77 cm)deep shelves only.Shoulder the load24 individually hung shoulder pads on six 30.5"(77.5 cm) shelves per bay offers maximum dryingand shape retention.“The GearBoss solutionshave worked out great –choosing GearBoss was afantastic decision. Our footballequipment room is neat andorganized. We also store equipmentfor other sports in GearBosscarts and GearBoss shelving –across eight rooms. When youlook at the GearBoss system, youknow right away it’s first-class.”Chapman High School, Chapman, KansasVersatile andcustomizable Shelvesare adjustable in 1"(2.5 cm) incrementswithout tools.Compact storageTwo 4' (122 cm) bays and twelve30.5" (77 cm) shelves can store 90-120 helmets.– Kent Scott, Athletic Coordinator& Head Football Coach,Prosper High School,Prosper, TexasChapman Middle School, Chapman, Kansas800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

90 • GEARBOSS ®T E A M R O O M L O C K E R SA I R P R O T ML O C K E R SCustomizable Wood LockersIt’s the new locker system that comes with built-in motivation.This spectacular new GearBoss design is everything you needto make a statement to every player and every recruit.Coaches will love how these lockers make it easy to applyyour school colors and logo. Equipment managers will lovehow the open design promotes continuous airflow and easycleaning to keep the entire team room in tip-top shape.Wenger will work closely with you to make sure your newGearBoss team room lockers fulfill your vision.St. Thomas University,St. Paul, MinnesotaCoastal Carolina University, Conway, South CarolinaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:OnBoard Cargo Cartspage 77Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Catalog,Productand TechSheets;Planning guidewww.wengercorp.com/storage800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.comUSAGEThe ultimate team-building environment, combining unparalleled constructionand high-end custom aesthetics with a new level of cleanliness.PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Engineered with high-performance features that outperform and outlastwood veneers and cabinet-type construction• Modularity means you can make unlikely replacements without breakingglues, dowels, or adjacent components• Integrated bench seating eliminates the need for floor-mounted benchesor folding chairs, saving valuable floor space• Open design promotes airflow to encourage drying and reduce mildewand odor buildup and can be enhanced with optional fansCONSTRUCTION• Highly durable 3 /4" (1.64 cm) thermofused composite wood core built tosurvive repeated rugged use in hardcore environments• Closed-cell structure poly-laminate surfaces are easier to clean and moredurable than wood veneer• Antimicrobial laminates use nano-silver technology that lasts the life of theproduct and creates a hostile, lethal surface for bacteria, viruses, mold,and mildew• 5 /8" laminated wood shelf and hinged seat• Heavy-duty PVC edge banding maintains the integrity of the laminatesurface and prevents chipping and separation• Long-lasting bolt-through construction on connections, hooks, and doors• Widths available in 2" (5 cm) increments from 18" (46cm) to 36" (91cm)• Three available side shape configurations: contour, cutback, and straight• Top cubby storage• Through bolting to connect side-by-side units allows easy removal of asingle locker• Steel base mounting fixture provides natural ventilation and heightadjustment to compensate for uneven floorsOPTIONS• Optional accessories include lockable cubby; additional storage cubbies;football helmet and shoulder pad topper; fans for topper; full electronics,including lighted name plate and duplex outlet; programmable digital lock;footlocker drying racks; backlit footlocker fans; hooks and garment barconfigurations; more than one thousand ultimate configurations and theability to match the entire system to your school’s colors and branding.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representative for consultation.

GEARBOSS ® • 91AirPro TMLockersNew GearBoss AirPro lockers give your team rooms the ultimatein ventilation, sanitation and space usage. They create team roomsthat stand apart with a durable grid design and multiple coloroptions. They mount off the floor for thorough cleaning and a sanitaryteam room. Integrated seats remove the need for space-consumingbenches. AirPro lockers offer a level of functionality and aestheticsthat simply can’t be matched by press-metal lockers.Wenger is certified by GREENGUARD ®for our GearBoss storage carts and AirPrometal lockers. GREENGUARD is a productcertificationprogram for low-emitting interiorbuilding materials, furnishings, and finishsystems used in educational, office and othersensitive environments. www.greenguard.orgSt. Thomas University, St. Paul, MinnesotaGrille Door No Door No Doorwith backUSAGEGearBoss AirPro lockers offer a fresh new alternative to traditional stuffy metalhallway and Phy Ed lockers, featuring an open design and a custom appearance.PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Highly durable and easily adaptable to reflect your school’s athletic traditions• Open grid design promotes continuous airflow to encourage faster drying andkeep contents free of mildew and odor buildup• Open design permits easy visual inspection of contents• Adjustable height shelf with three garment hangers• Each locker includes an integrated bench seat, eliminating the need for floormountedbenches or folding chairs saving valuable floor space• Hinged seating opens to a sizeable storage compartment beneath each lockerCONSTRUCTION• Resistant-welded heavy-duty 1 /4" (.64 cm) steel wire grille sides, top, and under• Upright support tubes constructed from heavy-duty 1" (2.5 cm) diameter16-gauge steel tubing• Four available widths: 15" (38 cm), 18" (46 cm), 24" (61cm), 30" (76 cm)• Mounts securely on wall 6"-8" (15cm-20cm) above the floor to further enhanceventilation and allow easy sweeping, mopping, and sanitation under each locker• Also available in island configurations that securely mount to the floor onheavy-duty legs• 5 /8" laminated wood shelf and hinged seat• Durable powder coated paint• Three available configurations: open without door (with lockable seat), lockableresistant-welded heavy-duty 1 /4" (.64cm) steel wire grille door matched to yourschool color, lockable solid 5 /8" (1.5cm) laminated wood door with PVC edgebanding• 10-year warranty • ADA-compliantOPTIONS• No door, grille door, laminatedwood door or door ready• Wall or island mount• Security box in foot locker• Helmet/shoulder pad topperO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representative for consultation.Wood Door• Laminate back panel• 15" (38 cm), 18" (46 cm), 24" (61 cm)or 30" (76 cm)• Wide range of color options for wire mesh andlaminate to coordinate with school colors“The AirPro lockers are working out great – they look good and arevery functional. Our new locker room is becoming like a clubhousefor our kids; they hate to leave it sometimes. Because the lockers aremounted off the floor, we can sanitize underneath them very easily.”– Phil Datka, Football Coach, Germantown High School,Germantown, WisconsinGermantown High School, Germantown, WisconsinInnovative securityHasp lock hardware is standardto secure the foot lockerwith the no-door open faceconfiguration.A clean designAirPro lockers are openunderneath for easy cleaning.It eliminates nooks andcrannies that collect dust,litter and germs.Under-seat storageA hinged seat opens toreveal additional storage.An optional strong box keepssmaller valuables like wallets,watches and cell phones safeand secure.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

92 • GEARBOSS ®M O B I L E K I O S KT R A N S P O R T C A R TGearBoss Mobile KioskThe self-contained Mobile Kiosk helps you move beyond candysales and car washes to stronger revenue generation. All ofyour logo gear is neatly secured inside the enclosed unit everytime you move. The kiosk sets up in minutes. Eight removablebins allow different athletic programs, boosters or school clubsto keep inventory in their own bin. Great around stadiums,gyms, concerts and community events. The perfect solution fordaily sales in high-traffic areas. One current customer doubledlogo merchandise sales at footballgames while another outsoldtheir annual spiritstore revenue inthree months!Chanhassen High School, Chanhassen, MinnesotaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:OnBoard Cargo Cartspage 77Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,ProductSheets, andTech Sheetswww.wengercorp.com/storageUSAGESelf-contained mobilemerchandising kioskallows you to follow your fansPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Pneumatic wheels for easy rolling over many different terrains• Pulls easily through doors and hallways with a handle that doubles as a handbrake for safe mobility• Slat wall is reinforced with aluminumchannels to accept heavier loadsCONSTRUCTION• Heavy-duty chassis construction madefrom 16-gauge components• Aluminum canopy• 42" (107 cm) counter height• Retractable legs for additional stabilityoutdoors• Sliding lock bar secures contents with a single-owner padlock• Front fold-down doors and side fold-out doors• Closed dimensions – 72"w x 31"d x 77"h (183 cm x 79 cm x 196 cm)• Open dimensions - 119 1 /2"w x 58"d x 90"h (304 cm x 147 cm x 229 cm)• 8 bins per cart: 14 3 /16"w x 27 3 /4"d x 11 1 /8"h (36 cm x 70.5 cm x 28 cm)• Display Panel Measurements: Side Doors - 26 3 /8"w x 61"h (67 cm x 155 cm);Back Wall - 62 5 /8"w x 31 3 /4"h (159 cm x 81 cm)• Slat Wall Starter Kit includes 1 wire basket, 2 clothing waterfalls, 18 hooks• Weight (empty) 550 lbs (249.5 kg)• 5-year warrantyOPTIONS• Electronics kit: ceiling track lights (2ft. track with 2 lights), 7-outlet plug strip• Additional storage binsO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N240A007 Mobile Kiosk, 550 lbs (249.5 kg)...................................................$4,936240A676 Electronics Kit, 5 lbs (2.3 kg) ............................................................$146240A670 Additional 4-Pack Kiosk Bins, 13 lbs (5.9 kg)....................................$95“Booster sales have skyrocketed with the Mobile Kiosk! We take it everywhere– both inside and outside school – from football games to PTA meetings.It makes storage and transportation light-years better. The Kiosk displayseverything nicely; it looks like something you’d see in a shopping mall.”– William C. Baxter, Athletic Director, El Camino High School, Sacramento, California800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

GEARBOSS ® • 93GearBoss TranSport CartFrom the facility out to the field or into a truck, it has neverbeen easier to move performance equipment wherever you go.When you get there, it transforms in seconds to a rock-solidtable to serve all kinds of needs at your events. Like allWenger products, the TranSport Cart is built to last.USAGE• Transport gear within a facility and outdoors• Converts to a table for use as a work surface, sideline table trainer’stable w/ 1,000 lbs load capacityPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Pneumatic wheels for easy rolling over many different terrains• Comfort-grip pull handle transitions to pin-hitch forslow-moving motorized vehicle• Front wheels turn on central, permanently lubricatedbearings and king-pinCONSTRUCTION• Heavy-duty chassis construction made from 16-gauge components• Powder coat paint and finish for long-wearing durability• Aluminum deck finished in UV- and chemical-resistant powder coat• End braces fold flat to deck for storage and rotate under deck tofunction as table legs• 15 1 /2"(39 cm) storage height; 32" (81 cm) table height• 30"w x 66"l (76 cm x 168 cm) deck. 71 1 /2" (182 cm) total length• Dynamic max. load rating 1,000 lbs (454 kg)• Weight (empty) 150 lbs (68 kg)• 5-year warrantyOPTIONS• Heavy-duty mesh cart wrap encloses loaded cart and quickly snapson and offO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N240A003 TranSport Cart, 150 lbs (67.5 kg) .......................................$1,688240A346 TranSport Cart Mesh Wrap, 5 lbs (2.3 kg) ...........................$118It’s perfect for transportingitems that you used to movewith a hand truck, dolly or pallet jack.The table position can alsomakes a great trainers table.“We use two TranSport carts in the fall at the football field, for usand the visiting team. We’ll haul equipment with the carts and thenset them up as training tables. The carts are also used indoors forhauling stuff around from one place to another, like for concessions.”– Dave Harms, Athletic Director, Northridge High School,Middlebury, IndianaThe tow bar and theoptional heavy-duty meshwrap make pulling behinda utility vehicle easy.Folded Rolling Position Table Positionwith Mesh Wrap(above) The TranSport Cart folds flat to 15 1 /2" (40 cm) profile when not in use. Designed to fit into a bus undercarriage.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

“The acoustical treatment has really has changed ourrehearsals; my students are excited to hear the difference.Band comes alive when you can move beyond learning yourown part to analyzing other parts and hearing what the composerintended. I think that’s the ultimate enjoyment and reward of musicin the band setting – it’s about the ensemble.”– Anthony H. Bailey, Director of BandsHart High School, Newhall, CaliforniaHart High School, Newhall, California800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTSoundLok Sound-IsolationPractice RoomsPage 96-97Superior sound isolation for individualand group practice sessions. Modularand relocatable.VAE ® TechnologyPages 98-99Wenger VAE ® technology, combined with oursound-isolating practice rooms, allows you toperform in nine different virtual performancespaces. Record and playback features too.Pre-EngineeredAcoustical DoorsPage 101Professional acoustical doors that keepthe sound you want in, and unwantedsounds out.Rehearsal Room AcousticalTreatmentsPages 102-103Shape the acoustics of your rehearsalroom to deliver optimal acoustics andprotect your hearing.Performance Space AcousticalTreatmentsPages 102-103Expertly shape the acoustics of yourperformance space to deliver the bestpossible sound to your audience.Diva ® Full-StageAcoustical ShellsPages 106-107The acoustical shell system that soundsas impressive as it looks.Forte ShellPages 108-109A cost-effective acoustical shell formedium to small performance spaces.Legacy ® Acoustical ShellsPages 110-113Now in three improved designs! Getconsistent, supportive acoustics inside yourtheatre, gymnasium, cafeteria or wherever youperform within your facility.Travelmaster Acoustical ShellsPages 114-115Consistent acoustics wherever you perform.A must-have for groups that travel.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

96 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTSOUNDLOK SOUND-ISOLATION R O O M SSoundLok Sound-Isolation RoomsHow can a student be expected to practice the flute whenthe sound of the trumpet next door is blasting through thewalls and leaking through the vents? Or how can a Frenchhorn player improve tone when the internal acoustics in thepractice room are muddy or excessively bright?Wenger pioneered sound isolation in practice rooms, and wecontinue to use the most advanced technologies to set newstandards. That’s why we can guarantee the performance ofour sound-isolation practice rooms.Our modular rooms offer a clean,attractive look with closurepanels for a seamless installation.And each room is relocatable —so you can move it down the hallor across town as your facilityneeds change.San Jose City College, San Jose, CaliforniaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:VAE ®Technologypages 98-99Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure, CostComparisons,Productand TechSheetswww.wengercorp.com/acousticalproductsUSAGESound-isolation individual or grouppractice and teaching studiosPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Clean, professional 4" (10 cm) thick steel wall andceiling panels are filled with high-grade acoustical insulation• Rails, channels, and corner pieces interlock panels at the floor andceiling with double-seated-gasketed seams• 3' wide door with glass-panel allows easy monitoring, personal security,and inviting ambience• Advanced fan ventilation system supplies complete fresh air exchangeevery 1.5 to 2.5 minutes. For direct-connect HVAC systems, contact yourWenger representative• Special electronic ballasts lower power consumption of lighting andeliminate fluorescent hum• UL ® -classified room electrical systemOPTIONS• Room heights (interior) available in 6" (15 cm) increments from 7'6" to 10'(2.3 m- 3 m)• Door Options: 3' (91 cm) standard; 4' (122 cm) door for largeinstruments; double door for grand piano; fire-rated door• Vertical window panels available• Horizontal broadcast application window available• Horizontal and vertical closure panels available• Closure panels create a complete, built-in look for side-by-side installations• Choice of fan unit or direct HVAC connection to building system• Extra-capacity raceway for communications and network cabling• Floating floor for even greater sound isolation• Available in four exterior colors• Woodgrain interior finishes availableO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NMany sizes and options available.Please call your Wenger representative for consultation.“Our four Wenger practice rooms are wonderful! The activeacoustics technology creates a comfortable environment for playingand the soundproofing is excellent.”– Jennifer Kitelinger, Band and Orchestra DirectorDel Norte HS, San Diego, California800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 97Ceiling trim provides acontinuous profile designand matches wall andceiling colors.Sleek, low-profilefluorescent lightsprovide better lightingand reduceshadows.Optional computer shelfprovides a useful workspace.Folds closed and locks whennot in use.DOOR AND FLOOR RAIL COLORS:CharcoalGreyWarmBeigeThe redesigned door hasan improved acousticalSTC rating.UPGRADE SELECTIONS INTERIORWALL WOOD ACCENT COLORS:Optional built-in Korgmetronome/tuner. Mountsto wall wherever you want it.Cherry Maple LightCherryWALL & CEILING PANEL COLORS:New, sleek door handledesign availableSaharaWarmSandVanillaOysterVAE Technology.See pages 98-99.Boston University, Boston, MassachusettsTHE BENEFITS OF MODULAR PRACTICE ROOMSWenger invented modular sound-isolation practice roomsbecause we realized the limitations of built-ins. Years ofexperience have made the facts strikingly clear.• Our relocatable practice rooms offer superior and provensound isolation at a price that a built-in would find hard tomatch (if built to Wenger sound-isolation standards)• We don’t cut corners so you don’t experience frustratingacoustical problems• Wenger optional VAE-equipped practice rooms create 9different acoustic environments and maximize instructionwith record and playback capabilities• Modular practice rooms cost less in the long run800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

98 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTV A E ®T E C H N O L O G YVAE ® Technology(Virtual Acoustical Environment)VAE technology in a Wenger SoundLok Sound-IsolationPractice Room puts your music program at the forefront withthe latest state-of-the-art music practice technology. VAEtechnology now offers more realistic acoustical simulations,creating the sensation of being enveloped by the soundand enabling musicians to hear themselves in variousperformance venues.Nine Virtual Acoustical EnvironmentsOur incredible Virtual Acoustical Environment (VAE)technology can duplicate the acoustics of a broad rangeof performance venues — from a large recital hall to acathedral to a small auditorium.• That means your performance preparation is going tomove to an unprecedented level• Changing from one preset acoustic environment toanother is as quick and easy as pressing a buttonRecord and Playback EquippedVAE technology now features built-in digital recording andplayback, which dramatically enhances the educationalvalue of the VAE system. VAE will:• Allow educators to easily follow the assessmentstrategy recommended in the National Standards forMusic Education• Increase your ability to carefully evaluate the progress ofmore students in less time• Provide the ability to upload music files or downloadpractice sessions to a computer or other recording device.• Enable musicians to practice with uploadedaccompaniments and other pre-recorded piecesUSAGEPractice in virtual acoustical environments with the added benefit ofrecord and playback capabilitiesUniversity of Iowa, Iowa City, IowaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:SoundLok Sound-IsolationRoomspage 96-97Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,TechSheet andDVDwww.wengercorp.com/vaePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Installed by expert Wenger technicians• Works in conjunction with Wenger’s SoundLok Sound-IsolationRooms (see pages 96-97)• Designed and built using high-quality electronic components• Nine built-in acoustical environments• Record and playback capabilitiesCONSTRUCTION• UL ® -classified room electrical system• Aesthetically pleasing composite material walls• 2 microphones, 8 custom-designed speakersO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representative for consultation“The active acoustics are a big improvement from our oldpractice rooms. They help me to emanate a bigger sound.The record-playback setting is also very useful. My teacheralways recommends that we should record ourselves so we canhear what needs to be fixed.”– Pam Schroeder, Student, University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 99Capable of record andplayback of 9 sessions forone hour of total length.Mini stereo output jackfor real-time recording.Presets for 9 distinct virtualacoustical environments:- Practice Room- Baroque Room- Medium Recital Hall- Large Recital Hall- Small Auditorium- Medium Auditorium- Large Auditorium- Cathedral- ArenaConnection for optional footcontroller that allows forhands-free operation.USB connection foruploading anddownloading recordedprograms.Add a few thousand square feet to yourpractice room with the push of a buttonA SoundLok Sound-Isolation Room with VAE technology is the future of practicerooms and it’s already adding value to music programs across the country. It putsstudents, educators and performers a push of a button away from nine distinctperformance and practice environments. Record and playback features maximizeinstruction and practice sessions.CONNECT TO YOUR LAPTOPA USB connection to your computer or laptopmakes it easy to upload accompaniments ordownload practice sessions.CONVENIENT FOOT SWITCHThe optional foot switch provides hands-freerecord and playback from anywhere in the room.RHYTHM! Discovery Center, Percussive Arts Society, Indianapolis, Indiana800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

100 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTS T U D I O V A E ®T E C H N O L O G YA C O U S T I C A L D O O R SStudio VAE ® TechnologyNow you can install the VAE technology into a private teachingstudio or existing built-in practice room in an affordable,easy-to-install package. The Studio VAE Technology includesthe same basic features:• Nine choices of performance spaces, ranging from practiceroom to arena• Record/playbackcapability toprovide instantfeedback during apractice session• Upload/downloadcapability to recorda practice sessionor upload accompanimentsPearlBlackKettering Fairmont High School, Kettering, OhioR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:SoundLok Sound-IsolationRoomspage 96-97Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,Productand TechSheetswww.wengercorp.com/acousticalproductsThe Studio VAE Technology includes the following components:• VAE digital processor (placed on a table/shelf, or may be rack-mounted)• Four speakers with fabric covers (placed in each corner of the room atceiling height)• Two microphone wall absorber panels (1' x 2' x 3" thick)(30 cm x 61 cm x 7.6 cm)• VAE control panel pedestal• Control panel cable, speaker wire, cable connectors and wire mold kit forcomplete installationNote: Recommended for rooms up to 180 square feet.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representative for consultation“The biggest advantage of the Studio VAE is providingstudents the opportunity to practice and hear themselves indifferent acoustical environments. Our recital hall is heavilyscheduled, so students only have limited opportunities to getaccustomed to that environment. Students can easily downloadtheir own recordings or accompaniment parts from the Studio VAEdirectly to their laptops or flash drives. I also use it for evaluatingstudents.”– Robert Smith, Associate Professor of Voice and VocalLiterature, St. Olaf College, Northfield, Minnesota800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 101Pre-Engineered Acoustical DoorsWe’ve heard too many horror stories about poorly fitting doorsand inadequate sound isolation. That’s why Wenger engineersand acoustical experts have created an acoustical door thatprovides superior sound isolation. We’ve created an advancedsplit-frame design that accommodates virtually any wall thicknessso every Wenger acoustical door fits perfectly. After all,even a small gap or imperfection can create enormous acousticalproblems. Because our doors are pre-engineered, you’ll beassured a high-integrity installation.USAGESuperior sound isolation foryour rehearsal roomsPERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS• Minimizes sound leakageoutside of room tosurrounding environments• Continuous cam-lift hingeimproves sound isolation andeliminates pinch points• Superior Teflon ® -coatedsweep-seal and stainlesssteel sill plate allows door toclose easier and create abetter seal• Split-frame design providessuperior installation anddependable performanceCONSTRUCTION• Most doors with 1-hour UL ® fire rating• Durable, maintenance-free hinges up to 100,000 cycles• Standard mortise pocket for easy leverset installation• Door widths: 3' (91 cm), 3 1 /2' (107 cm), 4' (122 cm), and 6' (1.8 m)double door with removable mullion• Installs in wall thicknesses 4 1 /2" (11 cm) to 12 1 /2" (32 cm)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPre-Engineered Acoustical Doors come in a variety of configurations andsizes. Please call your Wenger representative so that we can first thoroughlyunderstand your needs in order to provide the best solution and an estimate.San Marcos High School, San Marcos, Texas“We have a large number of Wenger Acoustical Doors throughoutour music facility – including on offices and rehearsal rooms– and the soundproofing works great.”– Kelly Rushfeldt, Band DirectorSan Marcos High School, San Marcos, TexasWindowsThe windows of Wenger Pre-Engineered AcousticalDoors are composed of two panes of safety glassthat are insulated by a 2" (5 cm) sealed air space.Solid Accent Window Full Window Double Doorswith Full WindowsKettering Fairmont High School, Kettering, Ohio800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

102 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTA C O U S T I C A L P A N E L SRehearsalAcoustical TreatmentsWhether you’re building a brand-new rehearsal room orneed to enhance your existing space, Wenger can providethe consultation and acoustical panels to help you succeed.We design and manufacture our own highly advancedacoustical products and Wenger knows how to apply themto optimize the acoustics in your room.Wall and ceiling acoustical panelsPerformanceAcoustical TreatmentsWorking with acousticians and architects, we use ourdecades of expertise to identify and help engineer the rightsolutions to treat any acoustical problems in your audiencearea: hot spots where sound concentrates, dead spotsmusic never reaches, and flutter echoes and excessivereverberation. By using a combination of ceiling clouds andacoustical panels, we’ve already helped hundreds of schoolauditoriums and world-class concert halls. With a call toyour Wenger representative, we can do the same for you.Kettering Fairmont High School,Kettering, OhioR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:AcoustiCabinetspage 55Literature available:(call or download from the web)Ceiling clouds and wall acoustical panelsWeb link:Brochure,Tech Sheetsand FabricSampleswww.wengercorp.com/acousticalproducts“Our band hall has Wenger acoustical panels on the wall,which are a big help in balancing the sound and controlling theoverall loudness.”– Sandra McCormick, Band Director,Brewer High School, Fort Worth, Texas800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 103EACH PANEL IS TUNED TO APARTICULAR ACOUSTICAL TASKWenger has engineered five unique technical designs, indozens of sizes, shapes, and diffusion angles and finishoptions, to yield a broad selection of acoustical panels.EnvironmentallyresponsibleFabric made of 100%recycled materialSolving Acoustical ProblemsHot spots. Dead spots. Flutter echoes. Excessive reverberation.They’re all acoustical problems that can make rehearsalsnearly impossible and performances disappointing.ABSORBER PANELSSuited for a wide range of music environments.Designed to neutralize the reverberation and loudnessof a room. Engineered to absorb sound across a broadfrequency range for effective, balanced abatement.TYPE I CONVEX DIFFUSER PANELSDesigned to scatter and blend sound, these panelsdiffuse middle- to high-range frequencies that definetimbre and articulation.Wenger has the acoustical products — and decades ofaccumulated expertise — to help you optimize the sound inrehearsal rooms and school auditoriums. Call your Wengerrepresentative to discover the acoustic quality hundreds ofschools and professional auditoriums are already enjoying.A great, acoustically balancedrehearsal room starts with a wellthoughtout plan.TYPE II CONVEX DIFFUSER PANELSSignificantly larger than Type I panels, but with the sameshape. In addition to sound-diffusion qualities, theyselectively absorb low-frequency sound.Hart High School,Newhall, CaliforniaQUADRATIC DIFFUSER PANELSEngineered to provide the most effective diffusion inthe 750 Hz to 3300 Hz range. These 4' x 4' (122 cm x122 cm) diffusers are designed as easy-to-apply ceilingin-lays.PYRAMID DIFFUSER PANELSImpact-resistant ceiling and wall diffuser panels featurean offset pyramid shape to treat specific acousticalapplications. Ceiling mounts in 4' x 4' (122 cm x 122cm) and 2' x 2' (61 cm x 61 cm) sizes. Wall-mount in4' x 4' (122 cm x 122 cm) only.Wenger acoustical panels add visual appeal. You can choose from more than48 attractive fabric colors to coordinate with other Wenger products, andcomplement your color scheme.Evaluation and Proposals forNew and Existing SpacesWith some input from you to help us understand your space,Wenger acoustic engineers will provide you a comprehensiveacoustic evaluation. With our proprietary software and yearsof experience we can show you a before and after acousticalcomparison detailing how your space will perform across arange of musical frequencies. The following information willhelp us provide you a proposal and quote:• Architectural plans, if available, for existing rooms or adetailed drawing of floor plans and cross-sectionsNOTE: Indicate locations of anything on the walls that couldrestrict panel placement. Effective treatments require aminimum of 30% open, treatable wall space 5’ (1.5m) abovethe floor to ceiling• Proposed ceiling heightNOTE: Wenger recommends 18’-22’ (5.5m-6.7m) or currentceiling height should be more than 10’ (3m) for propertreatment• Type of ceilingNOTE: open grid or lay-in acoustical ceilings are preferable• # of students occupying roomNOTE: New construction ideally provides 550-770 cubic feetper student for Band/Orchestra and 350-500 cubic feet perstudent for Choral• Direction students will face in the room• Materials covering walls, floors and ceilings800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

104 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTA C O U S T I C A L S H E L L SAcoustical ShellsThe choir is in the process of sending Handel’s “Messiah”to new heights. But the audience isn’t hearing the actualperformance. The crystalline notes being delivered withsuch purity and feeling are somehow turning to ear-numbingmush. Why? The sound is drifting aimlessly up into the flyloft and off into the stage wings. It’s being absorbed in thewrong places, in the wrong ways. Even the performers aren’thearing the sounds they’re producing.An acoustical shell will blend the sound throughout thestage and direct it to the audience where it will come alive,vibrantly and precisely, the way it is actually beingperformed. And when performers can hear what they’redoing — and when they know the audience hears them —performances improve.CREATING GREAT ACOUSTICSAn acoustical shell’s job is a complex one and one that Wenger hasmastered over the past several decades. A Diva full-stage acoustical shellsystem can improve not only the acoustics on stage, but throughout theentire auditorium. In fact, compared to using no shell, Diva full-stageacoustical shell systems have the acoustical impact of almost doubling thesize of your group.Diva full-stage acoustical shellsreflect sound back to the source somusicians can hear themselves moreaccurately.By reflecting and diffusing soundthroughout the enclosure, Diva fullstageacoustical shells enhancecross-communication vital toensemble performance.The Granada Theatre, Santa Barbara, CaliforniaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Strata Orchestra Pit Fillerpage 150Literature available:(call or download from the web)Product Sheetand TechSheetFor conductors, Diva full-stageacoustical shells deliver a moreaccurate mix of sounds from theentire orchestra.Diva full-stage acoustical shellsproject sound into the audience andprevent sound energy from escapinginto the fly loft, curtains and stagewings.Web link:www.wengercorp.com/acousticalproductsCall your Wenger representative today.Your Wenger representative can help you put together an affordable systemthat satisfies your unique needs. Call to discuss any acoustical challengesyour facility is experiencing. Or download a Diva brochure or request a hardcopy via our website: wengercorp.com800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 105Wenger Acoustical Shell Comparison ChartDiva ® Forte LegacyLegacy ® now comes ® Travelmaster in three designs.PAGE NO. 106-107 108-109 102-103 See pages 110-113 for details 114-115USAGE• Standard or custom fullstageenclosure• Optimal on-stage acousticsand sound projection to theaudience• Standard full-stageenclosure• Enhances on-stageacoustics and projectionto the audience• Portable shell design allowsalmost any space tobecome a performancevenue• Improves projection to theaudience• Traveling acoustical shellprovides improved acousticswhile on tour or withinmultiple venues• More suitable for choralgroupsWHERE TO USE• Large to medium stages• Performing arts centers,universities, colleges andhigh schools• Medium to small stages• Community auditoriumsand high schools• Small auditoriums,gymnasiums andcafetoriums• Portable shell for any indoorvenueCOMPONENTS• Acoustical wall towers• Acoustical ceiling withavailable integrated lighting• Acoustical wall towers• Acoustical ceiling withavailable integrated lighting• Acoustical wall towers• Optional Forte or Divaceilings• Base wall panels and fillerpanelsSHELL MOBILITY• Air Transporter• Optional non-marringwheeled transporter• Non-marring integratedrear casters• Integrated non-marringcasters• Front casters have a builtinleveling feature• Integrated heavy-duty softswivel casters• Freestanding base withoutcastersFEATURES• Lightweight aluminumframe• Variety of panel shapes anddensities• Custom wood veneeroptions• Access doors• Lighting package• Lightweight frame andpanel construction• Lighting package• Wide variety of paint andplastic laminate finishoptions• Access doors• Portable acoustical shell• Largest coverage area ofany portable acoustical shell(each tower is 90 sq. feet)• Can pass through a 3' x 7'(91cm x 213 cm) dooropening• Modular shell for easytransportation to anywherethere is a performanceSTORAGE• Towers nest together forcompact storage• Ceilings rotate vertically forstorage on stage rigging• Optional ceiling and towerstorage carts• Towers nest together forcompact storage• Ceilings rotate vertically forstorage on stage rigging• Optional ceiling and towerstorage carts• Towers nest together forcompact storage• Legs are detachable forcompact hauling and storagePANEL MATERIAL• Composite panel, 2"(5 cm) thick• Composite panel, 1"(2.5 cm) thick• Composite panel, 1" thick• Thermofused laminate• Molded ABS plasticFINISHES• Wood veneer, painted orplastic laminate• Painted or plastic laminate• Several choices - see pages110-113 for details• Oyster800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

106 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTD I V A ®F U L L - S T A G EA C O U S T I C A L S H E L L SDiva ® Full-StageAcoustical ShellsAn investment in Diva acoustics will reward you the firsttime you hear the remarkable difference. Diva is a beautifulcenterpiece for your stage that is engineered to last foryears and years.Diva is also incredibly easy to use, so you can use it moreoften. No other acoustical shell gives you so much longtermvalue.Booker T. Washington School for the Performing and Visual Arts, Dallas, TexasR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Symphony Chairpage 16Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)ProductBrochureand TechSheetwww.wengercorp.com/acousticalproducts800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.comUSAGE• Beautiful, full-stage acoustics foroptimum on-stage sound andexcellent sound projection to theaudience• Perfect for medium and largetheatresPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Lightweight construction with theindustry’s first all-aluminum frame• Safe, easy setup with the exclusiveAir Transporter• Built-in leveling pads• Overhead panels raise and lowerwith theatre rigging and can beflown in the fly loft when not in use• Panels rotate easily into position• Panel angles adjust quickly• Modular design accommodateseverything from string quartets tofull orchestrasCONSTRUCTION• Wood veneer, laminate, and painted finishing options• Handcrafted composite panel construction• Trim strips match or accent panel finish• Lower wing sections open creating access doors• Counter-weighted base for superior stability• Designed to accommodate your specific space• Stores compactlyStage access doors are wide enoughto allow a grand piano to passthrough.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NMany sizes and options available.Please call your Wenger representative for consultation.

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 107Engineered and built to the highest standardOur years of experience in designing custom acoustic shells offers your project teamthe ability to create a shell as unique as your venue and fit within your budget.Wenger offers a design-build approach to satisfy your most stringestaesthetic, acoustic or storage requirements. Our designersand engineers are here to collaboratewith you to create the perfect shell andadd value-engineered solutionsAesthetics designed tothe highest standardDiva full-stage acoustical shellsbuild on the visual elements of yourauditorium, adding the special effectsof elegant wood veneer or yourchoice of laminate, painted, orcustom finishes.“The Diva shell’s effect is very encouraging – we knowwe’re going to have a good sound. Playing is muchmore exciting when we’re not struggling to hear eachother. The audience also hears a balanced sound, even fromsmaller ensembles.”– David Large, String Orchestra Director,Booker T. Washington High School for the Performingand Visual Arts, Dallas, Texas“The Diva creates a really nice, formal atmosphere forperforming ensembles and the acoustics are great. We use itfor a variety of concerts and events – it’s remarkably easy toset up.”– Don Devany, Fine Arts Chair, Metea Valley High School,Aurora, IllinoisDiva ® Installations Around the World:SUPERIOR CONSTRUCTIONA Diva full-stage acoustical shell’sextruded aluminum structural frameis powerfully rigid to keep thepanels aligned for superb visualappearance. Plus the aluminumframe makes for a much lighterstructure contributing to easiermobility.Harbin Engineering University Harbin, ChinaNational Theatre, Seoul, South KoreaCREATING A NEW STANDARDIN ELEGANT DESIGN.A Diva full-stage acoustical shell’sall-aluminum frame is an industryfirst. Lightweight, honeycombcomposite panels deliver excellentsound reflection for anoutstanding acoustical effect.CEILING PANELS EFFECTIVELYDIRECT SOUND.Accurately reflect sound within aperformance area to give criticalfeedback. Conserve and directmaximum sound to an audience.Teatro Del Canal, Madrid, SpainJancek Theatre, Brno, Czech RepublicTOWERS GLIDE ONA CUSHION OF AIR.With Wenger’s exclusive AirTransporter, Diva full-stageacoustical shell towers glideinto place under the power ofpressurized air. It’s easier onsetup and even easier on floors.Parkstad Limburg Theater, Heerlen, NetherlandsTeatro de Aguascalientes, MexicoA COMPLETE CUSTOM LOOK.Strong lines and gentle curvesof Diva full-stage acoustical shellcomponents create an inspiringvisual effect. Handcrafted panelsfinished in an array of woodveneer, paint, or laminate finishesachieve a commanding effect.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

108 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTF O R T E A C O U S T I C A L S H E L LForte Acoustical ShellWenger pioneered acoustical shell design and our newForte Acoustical Shell is a welcome, worthy addition to ourline. Forte offers unmatched value. It’s a cost-effectiveacoustical solution for small- to medium-size performancespaces that delivers impressive full-stage acoustics, abeautiful visual appearance, and ease-of-use — all at anaffordable price.USAGE• Cost-effective alternative to large full-stage acoustical shell systems orportable acoustical shells• Ideal for small-to-medium size performance spaces includingauditoriums, recital halls and theatre venuesPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Easy and safe to set up; requires only 2 people• No tools required for setup• Configures to accommodate groups of varying sizes• Counter-weighted base for superior stability• Towers nest together for easy, space-savingstorage• Tower includes vertical trim strip• Ceilings include angle adjustmentCentral High School, DeWitt, IowaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Nota Posture Chairspages 10-13Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Product Sheet,DVD and TechSheetwww.wengercorp.com/acousticalproducts800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.comCONSTRUCTION• 1" thick honeycomb core panel for optimalsound reflection• 8' (2.4 m) wide panels• 16' (4.8 m) to 20' (6 m) towers• Ceilings rotate for storage in fly loft,14" depth (35.5 cm)• Single curve, 10' (3 m) radius• Non-marring casters• Variety of laminate finishes available• Available in any paint color• Optional access doors• Optional lighting packageO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease call your Wenger representativefor consultation.ECONOMICAL USEOF SPACEForte Acoustical Shells nesttogether to most efficientlyuse precious storage space.

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 109“The Forte ceiling panelsmade a stunningacoustical transformation toour auditorium. Musicians onstagecan now play correctly, instead ofoverplaying to be heard. Thesound is true and accurate – thetechnical parts, runs and clarity allimproved instantly. As a conductoror member of the audience, I cannow hear everything clearly.”Butler University, Indianapolis, Indiana– Bill Davern, Director of FineArts, West Genesee CentralSchool District, Camillus,New YorkMOVEMENT AND TRANSPORTForte Shells are surprisingly easyto move across a stage floor.When your performance is over,Forte moves safely and easily to anested configuration for compactstorage.Wenger’s wheeledtransporter makesForte easy tomove!OPTIONAL ACCESS DOORSExit stage left. Access doors allowperformers and instruments tomove on and off stage withoutmoving a tower.CEILING PANELSForte ceiling panels complete your full shell by providingcritical acoustic and aesthetic elements. They ensure thatmusicians can hear each other while projecting sound to theaudience, rather than having the sound lost in the fly loft.Forte ceilings also create a complete aesthetic appearancethat enhances the look of every performance. Optionalintegrated lighting provides uniform lighting throughoutthe shell. Forte ceilings are suspended from typical stagerigging systems.COMPACT STORAGEAn easily removable panel allowstowers to nest together for verycompact storage.Central High School, DeWitt, Iowa800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

110 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTL E G A C Y ®A C O U S T I C A L S H E L L SLegacy ® Acoustical ShellsThe latest Wenger technology gives you threeattractive, effective acoustical shell options to fit yourapplication and budget. The Legacy system can be set upquickly and easily — by just one person. Its mobility allowsyou to acoustically transform almost any space within afacility into a performance venue.We pioneered acoustical shell design, so it’s no surprisethat our honeycomb core panel construction deliversenhanced acoustics to both the ensemble and the audience.When the performance is over, Legacy acoustical shells takedown in no time and nest together compactly.LEGACY SHELL SETS - BASIC AND CLASSIC MODELSLegacy can be configured to accommodate virtually any size performinggroup. Please call your Wenger rep for help finding the perfect set for yourensembles. Available in tapered and rectangular canopy options.LEGACY BAND/ORCHESTRA SETS48'(14.6 m)24'(7.3 m)Legacy Units: 16Group Size: 100-11024'(7.3 m)LEGACY CHORAL SETS42'-wide (12.8 m)Legacy Units: 7Risers: 4-foot=10 or 6-foot=7Group Size: 84-11218'(5.5 m)18'(5.5 m)42'(12.8 m)Legacy Units: 13Group Size: 85-9636'(11 m)Legacy Units: 12Group Size: 60-7518'(5.5 m)18'(5.5 m)36'-wide (11 m)Legacy Units: 6Risers: 4-foot=8 or 6-foot=6Group Size: 72-9630'-wide (9.1 m)Legacy Units: 5Risers: 4-foot=7 or 6-foot=5Group Size: 60-8024'-wide (7.3 m)Legacy Units: 4Risers: 4-foot=5 or 6-foot=4Group Size: 48-64Chapman Senior High School, Chapman, KansasR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Signature Riserspages 118-119Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Productand TechSheetswww.wengercorp.com/acousticalproductsRefer to the charts below when using Legacy Acoustical Shells withchoral groups, bands or orchestras. Basic and Classic ModelsLEGACY CHORAL SETSGROUP NUMBER OF NUMBER OF LEGACYSIZE 4-FOOT RISER 6-FOOT RISER COMPONENTSUNITS NEEDED UNITS NEEDED NEEDED36-48 4 3 3 Units48-64 5 4 4 Units60-80 7 5 5 Units72-96 8 6 6 Units82-112 10 7 7 UnitsLEGACY BAND/ORCHESTRA SETSGROUP SIZELEGACY COMPONENTS NEEDED60-75 12 Units85-96 13 Units100-110 16 Units800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 111Legacy Acoustical Shell Comparison Chart“I cannotbelieve thedifference insound when theLegacy shell is up.Our gym has very goodacoustics, but I canclearly tell whether ornot the shell is up. TheLegacy shells are veryeasy to work with – mykids and I can easilyhandle them.”– Cydney Dixon,Band DirectorLower Lake HighSchool, LowerLake, CaliforniaBasic Classic SelectThe original design – improved!USAGE• Portable shell that allows any space to become a performance environment• Improved projection to the audiencePortable shell designed to be usedprimarily with an overhead ceiling systemfor on-stage use.WHERE TO USESmall auditoriums, gymnasiums, cafetoriums and recital hallsSmall auditoriums and recital hallsCOMPONENTS• Lift mechanism with crank• Acoustical wall towers• Fold down canopy for storage• Acoustical wall towers• Use with ceiling system for optimumperformanceSHELL MOBILITY• Integrated non-marring casters• Moves easily by one personFEATURES• Flat panel design, with tapered orrectangular 36" (91 cm) high canopy• Folds flat and nests for storage• Portable shell on casters• 78 square feet (7.2 m 2 ) of shellcoverage, 7" (18 cm) gap from floorwith protruding legs in front of shell• Passes through a 34" x 80" (86 cmwide x 2 m) high door• Canopy adjusts at 45, 60, 75 and90 degree angles• Flat panel design, with tapered orrectangular 54" (1.4 m) high canopy• Folds flat and nests for storage• Portable shell on casters• 90 square feet (8.4 m 2 ) of shellcoverage,• 2" (5 cm) gap from floor• Passes through a 34" x 80" (86 cmwide x 2 m) high door• Canopy adjusts at 45, 60, 75 and 90degree angles• Curved panels for maximumacoustical performance• Foldable top panel for storage• Removable bottom panel for nesting• 60 square feet (5.6 m 2 ) of shellcoverage at 12' (3.7 m) height• 2" (5 cm) gap from floor• Passes through a 34" x 80" (86 cmwide x 2 m) high door at 11' 6"(3.5 m) heightHEIGHT 13' 3" (4 m) 15' 2" (4.6 m) 11' (3.3 m) to 16' (4.9 m) maximumSTORAGEShells nest together for storage,each unit adds 10" (25.4 cm)Shells nest together for storage,each unit adds 10 5 /8" (26.9 cm)Towers nest together for storage, each unitadds 21" (52.5 cm)PANEL MATERIAL• Flat composite panel, 3 /4" (1.9 cm)thick with lightweight aluminumedging• 6' (1.8m) wide panel• Flat composite panel, 1" (2.5 cm)thick with lightweight aluminumedging• 6' (1.8m) wide panel• Curved composite panel, 1" (2.5 cm) thickwith thermofused laminate finish• Lightweight aluminum edging• 5' (1.5 m) wide panelFINISHESOyster laminate onlyFour solid color laminates: Beige, Oyster,Platinum and Warm SandAny Sherwin Williamspaint color or Wilsonartlaminates#186H016 Tapered Canopy#186H017 Rectangular Canopy#186G181 Tapered Canopy#186G180 Rectangular CanopyPlease call your Wenger representativefor consultation.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

112 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTLegacy ® Basic Acoustical ShellUSAGEPortable design allows almost any space to become aperformance venue with simple one-person setupPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Legacy units promote excellent ensemble andenhance acoustical projection toward the audience• Add additional shells to cover larger areasCONSTRUCTION• Upper panels are flat in standard 1" (2.5 cm) thick.Lower panel is ¾" (2 cm) thick. All are 6' (1.8 m) wide• Lower fixed panel is constructed of ¾" (2 cm)thick composite laminated wood with edgebanding• Easy, intuitive lift mechanism for raising andlowering shell• Canopy folds flat for storage, and middle paneloverlaps bottom panel• Legs protrude in front of shell to provide counterweighted base design• No kicker panel, bottom panel rests 7" (18 cm) from floor• Canopy is 36" (91 cm) high providing less coverage than Legacy Classic model• Fully extended height is 13' 3" (4 m)• Ships partially assembled• Available in Oyster finish only• Canopy adjusts to 45, 60, 75 and 90 degree anglesO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N186H016 Legacy Basic, Tapered Canopy, 296 lbs (134 kg).................$1,619186H017 Legacy Basic, Rectangular Canopy, 304 lbs (138 kg)..........$1,619Legacy ® Classic Acoustical ShellUSAGEPortable design allows almost any space to becomea performance venue with simple one-person setupPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Legacy units promote excellent ensemble andenhance acoustical projection toward the audience• Add additional shells to cover larger areasCONSTRUCTION• Panels are flat in standard 1" (2.5 cm) construction,6' (1.8 m) wide• Improved lift mechanism to raise and lower shell• Canopy folds flat for storage and is adjustable to45, 60, 75 and 90 degree angles• Kicker panel provides coverage within 2" (5 cm)of floor, and folds up for storage• All panels fit flush with no overlap shadows• No unsightly exposed fasteners• Fully extended height is 15' 2" (4.6 m)• Canopy is 54" (137 cm) high and available in tapered or rectangular design• In storage position, unit fits through 34" (86 cm) wide by 80" (2 m) high door• Includes counterweighted base system, with no legs protruding in front of shell• Available in four solid color finishesFour solid color laminates: Beige, Oyster,Platinum and Warm Sand• Units nest for storageO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N186G181 Legacy Classic, Tapered Canopy, 434 lbs (197 kg) .................$2,400186G180 Legacy Classic, Rectangular Canopy, 446 lbs (202 kg) ..........$2,4001-PERSON SETUP1-PERSON SETUPRoll shell into place. Adjustsnap-in pins for desiredcanopy angle.Lift canopy to preset anglefor optimum soundprojection.Turn handle of lift mechanismto set shell height intoperformance position.Roll shell into place. Lower itskick panel and raise and setthe canopy.Use tool to adjust canopyangle for optimumsound projection.Turn handle of lift mechanismto set shell height intoperformance position.INNOVATIVE DESIGN FOREASY SETUPEasy-to-turn handle on theframe raises the shell to themaximum height in just sixturns.INNOVATIVE DESIGN FOREASY SETUPEasy-to-turn handle on theframe raises the shell to themaximum height in just sixturns.Shells nest togetherfor compact storage.Shells nest togetherfor compact storage.Snap-in pin sets canopy toany of 4 preferred angles.Guides allow for smoothheight adjustment andstop panel at full height.A continuous hinge allowscanopy to fold and raiseeasily.Magnetic latch holdspanels in performanceposition.Canopy locks in thedesired position.Panels fit together whenin performance positionwithout overlapping.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 113Legacy ® Select Acoustical ShellUSAGEPortable shell designed to be used primarily withan overhead ceiling system for onstage use.PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Legacy units promote excellent ensemble andenhance acoustical projection toward the audience• Add additional shells to cover larger areasCONSTRUCTION• Curved 1" (2.5 cm) thick panels to provide superiorcross-communication of sound• Use with overhead ceiling system for optimumacoustical performance• Counterweighted base system• Panels are tower design, 5' (1.5 m) wide• Top panel folds flat for storage, andincludes lift assists to raise and lower• Bottom panel is removable for nesting and storeson back of tower frame• Maximum height is 16' (4.9 m)• In storage position, unit fits through 34" (86 cm) wide by 80" (2 m) highdoor opening at 11' 6" (3.5 m) height• Available in several paint finishes and woodgrain laminates• 502 lbs (226 kg)• Non-marring castersL E G A C Y ®A C O U S T I C A L S H E L L SO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPlease contact your Wenger Representativefor consultation.Any Sherwin Williamspaint color or WilsonartlaminatesFREEDOM & FLEXIBILITY OF1-PERSON SETUPHart High School, Newhall, CaliforniaGo to Wenger’s YouTube channel to see setup videos ofeach of the three Legacy shells.Roll tower into place.Gas-assisted pistons helpraise the top panelUse tool to raise top panelto its full height.Remove kicker panelfrom back of towerand set in place.Fasten topand bottomfasteners.Companion Products:Signature Riserspages 118-119R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)Productand TechSheetsUpper panellatches securelyinto performanceposition.Kicker panel neatlystores on rear ofshell.Upper panel liftseasily with the helpof gas assistedpistons.Shells nest togetherfor compact storage.Web link:www.wengercorp.com/acousticalproducts800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

114 • ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENTT R A V E L M A S T E R A C O U S T I C A L S H E L LTravelmaster PortableAcoustical ShellPoor acoustic venues can spoil even your finest performances.But Travelmaster Acoustical Shells allow you to takea familiar acoustical environment with you wherever you go.Excellent sound reflection helps musicians hear better, sotone, timing, and balance can be perfect in any environment.And, as the name suggests, Travelmaster shells travel, set upeasily and store in an extremely small space.USAGEProvide consistent acoustics on tour or performing at your own facilityPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Durable, lightweight panels provide large, acoustically reflectivegeometric surfaces• Legs designed to fold out for fast setup• Legs are detachable for compact hauling and storageCONSTRUCTION• Base panels adjust from 9' 4" (2.8 m) to 12' 2" (3.7 m) heights• Filler panels attach to base panels — each is 9' 6" x 37"(2.9 m x 94 cm)• Formed ABS panels• Clean, attractive painted steel frameworkSTORAGE• Three compact storage options:- standing/nested with fillers on back side- flat in a stack for vehicle transport- Wenger Move & Store Cart (see information below)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NL015 Travelmaster Shell Base Panel, 87 lbs (39 kg).....................$1,032L035 Travelmaster Shell Filler Panel, 20 lbs (9 kg)..........................$563064A170 Travelmaster Move & Store Cart, 75 lbs (34 kg)....................$782St. Mary’s School, Owatonna, MinnesotaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Tourmaster Riserspages 120-121Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)Productand TechSheetswww.wengercorp.com/acousticalproductsM O V E & S T O R E C A R T• One cart holds the components to accommodate an entire 60- to 80-member choir or small instrumentalensemble: five base panels, fourfiller units.• Cart and its contents store in aspace just 79"w x 29"d x 47"h(201 cm x 74 cm x 119 cm).• Built-in steering handle and swivelcasters give thislightweight (75 lb./34 kg.) cartexceptional agility.Alternatingbase panelswith foldinglegs and fillerpanelsinterlockquickly andsecurely toprojectconsistentsound.Filler panels are easy tohang. Simply slide panel pininto base panel slot.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

ACOUSTICAL EQUIPMENT • 115Shown with TourmasterRisers (pages 120-121)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NTRAVELMASTER ACOUSTICAL SHELL SETSA Travelmaster Acoustical Shell Set can fit the needs of any size group.For groups on the go we recommend using them with TourmasterChoral Risers. Shown here are some of the most common sets forband/orchestra and choral, but we recommend calling a Wengerrepresentative before ordering to ensure you get what you need.Refer to the charts below when using Travelmaster Acoustical Shells with choralgroups, bands or orchestras.TRAVELMASTER CHORAL SETSGROUP NUMBER OF NUMBER OF TRAVELMASTER TRAVELMASTERSIZE 4-FOOT RISER 6-FOOT RISER COMPONENTS SETUNITS NEEDED UNITS NEEDED NEEDED NUMBER36-48 4 348-64 5 460-80 7 572-96 8 682-112 10 73 Base Panels2 Filler Panels4 Base Panels3 Filler Panels5 Base Panels4 Filler Panels6 Base Panels5 Filler Panels7 Base Panels6 Filler PanelsL515L525L535L545L555TRAVELMASTER BAND/ORCHESTRA SETSGROUP TRAVELMASTER TRAVELMASTERSIZE COMPONENTS NEEDED SET NUMBER60-7585-96100-11012 Base Panels9 Filler Panels15 Base Panels12 Filler Panels16 Base Panels13 Filler PanelsL745L775L78522'7"(6.9 m)22'7"(6.9 m)16'2"(4.9 m)“We perform in the gym, and without the Travelmaster shell our soundwould go straight up into the ceiling. The shell does the job – it’s veryprojective. The shell is usually not up when we rehearse in the gym soI’ve experienced the sound both ways.”– Steve Faison, Choral Music Director,Cambridge Middle School, Cambridge, MinnesotaTRAVELMASTERBAND/ORCHESTRA SETS48'3"(14.7 m)16 Base Panels13 Filler PanelsGroup Size: 100-110Product Number: L78541'10"(12.8 m)15 Base Panels12 Filler PanelsGroup Size: 85-96Product Number: L77535'5"(10.8 m)12 Base Panels9 Filler PanelsGroup Size: 60-75Product Number: L74516'2"(4.9 m)22'7"(6.9 m)22'7"(6.9 m)TRAVELMASTERCHORAL SETS41'10" (12.8 m)7 Base Panels/6 Filler PanelsRisers: 4-foot=10 or 6-foot=7Group Size: 82-112Product Number: L55535'5" (10.8 m)6 Base Panels/5 Filler PanelsRisers: 4-foot=8 or 6-foot=6Group Size: 72-96Product Number: L54529' (8.8 m)5 Base Panels/4 Filler PanelsRisers: 4-foot=7 or 6-foot=5Group Size: 60-80Product Number: L53522'7" (6.9 m)4 Base Panels/3 Filler PanelsRisers: 4-foot=5 or 6-foot=4Group Size: 48-64Product Number: L525800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

“We have several sets of Tourmaster risers, which we use indifferent places around campus, like the refectory, chapel orheadmaster’s house. We also take them off-campus. Theirflexibility and mobility makes them perfect for us.”– Robert Palmer, Chairman of Performing ArtsAvon Old Farms School, Avon, ConnecticutAvon Old Farms School, Avon, Connecticut800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

STANDING RISERSSignature ® Choral RisersPages 118-119The easy way to look as professional as yousound. Elegant, 3- or 4-step risers that fold androll wherever you need them.Tourmaster ® Choral RisersPages 120-121The most durable traveling riser. It easily folds,rolls, transports on a bus, truck or trailer, and goeswith your group wherever you need it.Stage BoxesPage 126Wenger Stage Boxes replace the homemadewooden boxes and props you’ve used in thepast. They also work well in conjunctionwith flipFORMS.flipFORMS ®Page 127The fun, fast way to put on a performance in notime at all. flipFORMS are so versatile they cantransform from a platform, to seating, to risers.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

118 • STANDING RISERSQR CODESnap this QRcode to viewour Signaturesetup onYouTube!Signature ®Choral RisersOur Signature risers were designed to incorporate everymeaningful advantage: classic black styling; safe, simple setup;lightweight handling; superb stability; strong, quiet performance;easy mobility; long-lasting service; an integrated backrail withsafety crossbar; and a full fifteen-year warranty.But what you might appreciate most of all is the easy-to-reversedesign. You can change your riser arrangement quickly andsecurely. Optional siderails attach without tools. 3- and 4-stepmodels roll easily through standard doorways.USAGEChoral risers that roll easily from rehearsal space to performance spacePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Patented fold-down design allows easy one-person setup• Integral backrail with safety crossbar• Optional easy-to-attach siderails for extra security• Wing-nut and locking cam-lever step mount provides the safety of boltedconstruction but lets you reverse steps and create new setup configurationswithout tools• 3- and 4-step riser sets availableCONSTRUCTION• Formed and welded steel construction for unparalleledstability and quiet performance• Wing-nut step attachment design allows reversingwithout tools• Sturdy, permanently attached backrails withchild-height crossbar• 15-year warrantyCompact footprintBoth the 3- and4-step model foldup for compactstorage and easytransportation.A Signature Choral Riseris easy for one personto roll and control.Just maneuver it intoplace and unfold witha single fluid motion.“I really like the new four-step Signature risers for theextra height, both for larger groups or smaller, narrowerarrangements. They are very easy to set up, even for oneperson. They store compactly backstage, saving quite a bitof space.”– Kyle Chamberlin, Choir Director,Chapman High School, Chapman, KansasIt sets up quickly andeasily and providesexcellent stability.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N098D053 3-step Signature Riser, 203 lbs (92 kg) .........$1,262098D054 4-step Signature Riser, 262 lbs (119 kg).......$1,705098D541 Siderail Set (2), 62 lbs (28 kg) ...........................$484Assembly required.Quantity pricingis availableStep supports are welded steel formaximum stability and strength.Backrails are permanently attached formaximum safety. Risers have stable,secure contact with the floor when inthe performance position.Our reversing design uses a simple wingnutdesign for ultra-quick assembly that’sas strong and stable as bolt-downconnection.Signature stepsare available ingrey carpet.Signature Choral Riser4-step model shownwith optional siderails(recommended).Signature is designed from top rail to floor to ensureflawless operation and long-lasting good looks. Thelevel of detail is exquisite, with carpet edges protectedby structural aluminum extrusions for a finishingtouch that adds both distinction and stability.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

STANDING RISERS • 119S I G N AT U R E C H O R A L R I S E R S E T SSignature Choral Risers create a magnificent display when grouped in sets. Usethe charts below as a general guideline when determining your needs, andplease call your Wenger representative for help in making your final selection.S I G N A T U R E ®C H O R A L R I S E R S3-STEP SIGNATURE (098D053)GROUP UNITS SPACECAPACITY* NEEDED REQUIRED12-16 1 6'0"w x 4'10"d (1.8 m x 1.5 m)24-32 2 11'10"w x 6'4"d (3.6 m x 1.9 m)36-48 3 17'5"w x 6'3"d (5.3 m x 1.9 m)48-64 4 22'5"w x 7'7"d (6.8 m x 2.3 m)60-80 5 26'10"w x 9'0"d (8.2 m x 2.7 m)72-96 6 30'7"w x 10'10"d (9.3 m x 3.3 m)84-112 7 33'6"w x 12'9"d (10.2 m x 3.9 m)96-128 8 35'5"w x 15'0"d (10.8 m x 4.6 m)4-STEP SIGNATURE (098D054)GROUP UNITS SPACECAPACITY* NEEDED REQUIRED17-23 1 6'6"w x 6'0"d (2 m x 1.8 m)34-46 2 12'10"w x 6'11"d (3.9 m x 2.1 m)51-69 3 18'10"w x 7'9"d (5.7 m x 2.4 m)68-92 4 24'3"w x 9'1"d (7.4 m x 2.8 m)85-115 5 29'1"w x 10'6"d (8.9 m x 3.2 m)102-138 6 33'1"w x 12'4"d (10.1 m x 3.8 m)119-161 7 36'2"w x 14'4"d (11 m x 4.4 m)136-184 8 38'4"w x 16'6"d (11.7 m x 5 m)*First number indicates how many high school students will fit on a riser set if all students standshoulder to shoulder. Second number indicates how many students will fit on a riser set if theyare all facing center with shoulders overlapping. Numbers include a row of students standingon the floor. Adult groups should use lower number.R I S E R R E V E R S I B I L I T YWenger makes it easy tochange riser arrangementsby simply switching theposition of the steps onthe frame. You canconfigure Signature ® andTourmaster ® into straight,winged, horseshoe, orsemicircular designs thatare every bit as secure asthe original position.For a straight arrangement, alternatereversed riser units with regular units.For a winged arrangement,reverse only the center unit.Pinkerton Academy, Derry, New HampshireCompanion Product:Legacy Acoustical Shellspages 110-113R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheet,Tech Sheetand DVDFor a horseshoe arrangement,reverse the center unit and addthree regular units to each end.For a semicircular arc,place regular units end to end.Web link:www.wengercorp.com/platforms800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

120 • STANDING RISERSFour 3-step risersshown with optionalbackrails and siderailsets (recommended).Tourmaster ®Choral RisersNo other risers fold, roll, set up, or travel so smoothly. In fact, it’seasy to take it around tight corners, across the parking lot, into abus or a van. No wonder it’s the #1 choral riser in the world.Precision engineering and using only the best materials meansTourmaster risers will deliver reliable operation for a long, longtime. It ensures that Tourmaster Choral Risers are definitely yourbest traveling riser value.USAGETraveling choral risers that are durable and easy to movePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Durable carpeted plywood steps in both 18" (46 cm) and 24" (61 cm) depth(24" option offers extra space for choirs that hold their music.)• Steps can be reversed to create different configurations (tools required)• Optional 4th-step, backrails and siderails availableCONSTRUCTION• Steel frame with heavy-duty wheels and built-in stair glides stands up toyears of use• 3-step models in 4' (1.2 m), 4' 7" (1.4 m) and 6' (1.8 m) lengths.• 2-step model in 5' 6" (1.7 m) length (Call for information and pricing)• Some assembly required• 15-year warrantyO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N024H657 6' (1.8 m) 3-step, 18" (46 cm) step, Riser, 130 lbs (59 kg)................$765024H667 6' (1.8 m) 4th-step Addition, 55 lbs (24.9 kg)...................................$413024E778 6' (1.8 m) Backrail, 31 lbs (14.1 kg)....................................................$321024F950 Cart for 6' (1.8 m) Riser, 18" (46 cm) step, 166 lbs (75 kg)..............$755024H642 4' (1.2 m) 3-step, 18" (46 cm) step, Riser, 103 lbs (46.7 kg).............$745024H652 4' (1.2 m) 4th-step Addition, 45 lbs (20.4 kg)...................................$403024E763 4' (1.2 m) Backrail, 24 lbs (10.9 kg)....................................................$306024F951 Cart for 4' (1.2 m) Riser, 18" (46 cm) step, 160 lbs (73 kg)..............$755024H672 4'7" (1.4 m) 3-step, 24" (61 cm) step Riser, 127 lbs (58 kg).............$816024H682 4'7" (1.4 m) 4th-step Addition, 54 lbs (25 kg)..................................$434024E763 4' (1.2 m) Backrail, 24 lbs (10.9 kg)....................................................$306024F952 Cart for 4' (1.2 m) Riser, 24" (61 cm) step, 166 lbs (75 kg)..............$755024F017 Siderails Set (2), 48 lbs (22 kg)...........................................................$459Note: Siderails work on all sizes. 4th step needs to be removed for storage.Grey(standard)Blue Green Plum CharcoalSTORAGE• Folds and stacks on our carts (page 121) to save storage spaceT O U R M A S T E R ® C H O R A L R I S E R S E T STourmaster Choral Risers come in sets to match the needs of any size group. Use the charts below as a general guideline, and please call your Wengerrepresentative for help in determining what makes the most sense for your situation, today and tomorrow.18" (46 cm) 3-STEP6' (1.8 M) TOURMASTER SETSGROUP UNITS SPACECAPACITY* NEEDED REQUIRED12-16 1 6'0"w x 4'7"d (1.8 m x 1.4 m)24-32 2 11'10"w x 5'5"d (3.6 m x 1.7 m)36-48 3 17'5"w x 6'1"d (5.3 m x 1.9 m)48-64 4 22'5"w x 7'7"d (6.8 m x 2.3 m)60-80 5 26'10"w x 8'10"d (8.2 m x 2.7 m)72-96 6 30'7"w x 10'10"d (9.3 m x 3.3 m)84-112 7 33'5"w x 12'7"d (10.2 m x 3.8 m)96-128 8 35'5"w x 15'2"d (10.8 m x 4.6 m)18" (46 cm) 4-foot (1.2 m), 4th-step addition will add space for3-4 performers per unit. 24" (61 cm), 4th-step addition will addspace for 3-4 performers per unit. 18" (46 cm) 6-foot (1.8 m),4th-step addition will add space for 4-5 performers per unit.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com18" (46 cm) 3-STEP4' (1.2 M) TOURMASTER SETSGROUP UNITS SPACECAPACITY* NEEDED REQUIRED8-12 1 4'3"w x 4'8"d (1.3 m x 1.4 m)16-24 2 8'6"w x 5'0"d (2.6 m x 1.5 m)24-36 3 12'7"w x 5'4"d (3.8 m x 1.6 m)32-48 4 16'8"w x 6'1"d (5.1 m x 1.9 m)40-60 5 20'4"w x 6'8"d (6.2 m x 2 m)48-72 6 23'10"w x 7'8"d (7.3 m x 2.3 m)56-84 7 27'0"w x 8'8"d (8.2 m x 2.6 m)64-96 8 30'0"w x 9'11"d (9.1 m x 3 m)24" (61 cm) 3-STEP4'7" (1.4 M) TOURMASTER SETSGROUP UNITS SPACECAPACITY* NEEDED REQUIRED8-12 1 4'7"w x 6'2"d (1.4 m x 1.9 m)16-24 2 9'2"w x 6'6"d (2.8 m x 2.0 m)24-36 3 13'6"w x 6'10"d (4.1 m x 2.1 m)32-48 4 17'10"w x 7'7"d (5.6 m x 2.3 m)40-60 5 21'10"w x 8'2"d (6.7 m x 2.5 m)48-72 6 25'8"w x 9'3"d (7.8 m x 2.8 m)56-84 7 29'2"w x 10'2"d (8.9 m x 3.1 m)64-96 8 32'3"w x 11'6"d (9.8 m x 3.5 m)*First number indicates how many performers will fit on a riser set if all performers stand shoulder to shoulder. Second number indicates howmany performers will fit on a riser set if they are all facing center with shoulders overlapping. Numbers include a row of performers standing onthe floor. Adult groups should use the lower capacity number.

STANDING RISERS • 121TOURMASTER SETS UP INJUST SECONDS.Tourmaster Choral Riser unitsroll smoothly through hallways,around tight corners, and upand down stairways.“Our 40-voice choirpurchased fiveTourmaster risersalmost 30 years ago. I don’tsee any reason why theywon’t last virtuallyforever. Overall we havebeen very happy with them.Setting the risers uponstage is an easy,one-person job and theylock together very nicely.”TOURMASTER ®CHORAL RISERS– Steve Fowler,Occidental CommunityChoir, Occidental,CaliforniaEach unit quickly unfoldsaccordion-style.Step on the frame and pull theriser toward you to raise it tothe upright position.Optional safety backrails andsiderails attach quickly andsecurely without tools.TOURMASTER CHORALRISER MOVE & STORECARTSMove and store your riser setswherever you need them. Eachcart holds up to four risers, plusbackrails and 4th-step additions.Built for maneuverability, withswing arms to facilitate loadingand unloading.R I S E R R E V E R S I B I L I T Y Easy takedown – just press foot-pedalrelease, push, and let down.Wenger makes it easy to change riser arrangements by simply switching theposition of the steps on the frame. You can configure Signature ® andTourmaster ® into straight, winged, horseshoe, Easy takedown or semicircular – just press designs foot-pedal thatare every bit as secure as the original position. release, push, and let down.Cork School of Music, Cork, IrelandCompanion Product:Travelmaster AcousticalShells pages 114-115R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)For a straight arrangement, alternatereversed riser units with regular units.Easy takedown For a – winged just press arrangement, foot-pedalrelease, push, reverse and only let down. the center unit.ProductSheet,Tech Sheetand DVDWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/platformsFor a horseshoe arrangement,reverse the center unit and addthree regular units to each end.For a semicircular arc,place regular units end to end.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

“The Stage Boxes are very adaptable – we use themevery day in acting classes. They substitute for setsuntil we get the real sets in. We put people on them anduse them to make couches or tables or even an airplane.We also use them in place of sets when we tour a show,such as our recruiting trips to local middle schools.”– Dan C. Schmidt, Theatre DirectorBlue Valley Southwest High SchoolOverland Park, KansasBlue Valley Southwest High School, Overland Park, Kansas800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

THEATRERack ’n Roll ®Garment RackPage 124The easy way to movegarments and accessoriesfrom place to place.Studio ® MakeupStationPage 125Install a durable and brightprofessional makeupstation in your facility.Backstage ® MakeupStationPage 125A highly functional, portablestation that ensuresexcellent results whereveryou need them.GearBoss ® ShelvingPages 88-89Durable storage shelvingsolutions for music, theatreand athletic programs.Stage BoxesPage 126Wenger Stage Boxesreplace the homemadewooden boxes and propsyou’ve used in thepast. They also work well inconjunction with flipFORMS.flipFORMS ®Page 127The fun, fast way to put ona performance in no time atall. flipFORMS are soversatile they can transformfrom a platform, to seating,to risers.Versalite ® StagingPages 136-137Easily reconfigured tocreate the kind of stage youneed. Strong decks,interchangeable legs,easy setup.Fixed AudienceSeatingPages 128-129Attractive seating that offerssuperior comfort and quietoperation for theatreinstallations.Portable AudienceChairsPage 130A flexible alternative tofixed audience seating.Available in many widthsand colors.High-Density PortableAudience Chairby ClarinPage 131Portable audience seatingthat’s easy to fold and store.Upper Deck AudienceSeating ® Tiered RisersPages 132-133Large-capacity risers thatcan be set up and removedin a short period of time.Perfect for black boxtheatres or gymnasiums.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

124 • THEATRER A C K ’ N R O L L ®G A R M E N T R A C KM A K E U P S TAT I O N SRack ’n Roll ® Garment RackThis is the easy, smart way to move your bulky garments,costumes and props from storage to rehearsal or performancefor a fast change. The Rack ‘n Roll garment rack isheavy-duty enough to hold a full wardrobe but designedso efficiently it can easily roll through standard doorwaysor elevators. Now you can keep your valuable investmentsoff the floor when you need to move them — so no moresoiled or torn costumes. Garment racks are available inboth a 4' (1.2 m) and 6' (1.8 m) model. Theycan be easily disassembled without tools.The new privacy screenquickly turns two Rack ‘nRolls into a changing room.R E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Shelvingpages88-89Chapman Senior High School, Chapman, KansasNew hanger clips keepprecious garments fromfalling off the rackProductSheetsand TechSheetsHandy prop boxes storeodds and ends and keepthem off the floor.Literature available:(call or download from the web)USAGEThe perfect way to move bulky costumes, robes, and concert wearPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Extremely easy and quick to assemble or take apart. No tools required• 14-gauge steel bottom shelf and 16-gauge steel top shelf for extremedurability. Black powder coat paint finish• Two all-swivel and two rigid non-marking casters for easy maneuveringCONSTRUCTION• Hanger bar is constructed of 11-gauge 1 1 /4" (3 cm) round tubingUprights constructed of 13-gauge 1 1 /2" (4 cm) round tubing• Basket organizes smaller items and folds flat when not in use (included)• Fits through standard 32" (81 cm) doors• 4' (1.2 m) model designed for use in passenger elevators(minimum elevator size: 5' (1.5 m))• Optional accessories: Additional folding basket, costume dividers,dust cover, privacy screen and hanger retainer clipsSTORAGE• Stores compactly. Allow 70 1 /2" (1.8 m) for height. 4' (1.2 m) modelstores in 24" x 50" (.6 m x 1.3 m) floor space. 6' model (1.8 m) modelstores in 24" x 73 1 /2" (.6 m x 1.8 m) floor spaceO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N028B001 4' (1.2 m) Rack ‘n Roll, 140 lbs (63 kg)..................................$672028B002 6' (1.8 m) Rack ‘n Roll, 163 lbs (73 kg)..................................$742210A230 Hanger Retainer Clip (Bag of 40) ............................................$39028B007 Additional Basket, 4 lbs (2 kg) ................................................$27028B013 Costume Dividers, package of 25, 1 lb (0.5 kg).....................$22028B014 4' (1.2 m) Dust cover, 3 lbs (1.4 kg).......................................$197028B015 6' (1.8 m) Dust cover, 4 lbs (1.8 kg).......................................$244028B016 Privacy Screen (two Rack ‘n Rolls needed to use) ..............$175Web link:www.wengercorp.com/storageUnits completely disassemblewithout tools and stack up to4 units high for compact storage.(2 units shown)800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

THEATRE • 125Studio ® Makeup StationNow you can have a professional makeup station in your facility.Mounts into wall studs or masonry at any height; hard-wires tothe room’s electrical system; and allows two adjacent stations toshare one light column.Backstage ® Makeup StationDo makeup anywhere — even in a utility closet. This convenient,portable station is designed to provide even, shadow-freelighting. Large head-to-shoulders mirror makes it easy toachieve great results in a small space.Shown with optional drawerand basket (right)USAGEDurable, functional makeup station that’s brightand sturdyPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Light columns give performers clean, shadow-proof illumination• Curved countertop allows you to lean in just 15" (38 cm) from mirror• Recessed tray and overhead shelf for additional storage spaceCONSTRUCTION• Steel-laminated construction keeps the mirror from curving or splintering• Medium-density fiberboard with stain-resistant, matte-white laminate• Countertop is rated for 300 lbs (136 kg)• Wall-mounting bracket has multiple holes for alignment with wall frame studs;also mounts to masonry walls• Permanently mounted 3 /16" (5 mm) diameter steel wire light bulb cages.• UL ® -listed. Meets NEC (National Electric Code) requirements• A registered electrician must prepare the siteDIMENSIONS• 30" Model includes 30"w (76 cm) x 20"d (51 cm) counter and 22" x 28"(56 cm x 71 cm) mirror• 36" Model includes 36"w (92 cm) x 20"d (51 cm) counter and 28" x 28"(71 cm x 71 cm) mirror• Concave counter measures 15" (38 cm) from counter edge to mirrorO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N187A007 36" 9-Light Studio Makeup Station, 80 lbs (36 kg).................$1,218187A008 36" 6-Light Studio Makeup Station, 75 lbs (34 kg).................$1,181187A009 30" 8-Light Studio Makeup Station, 72 lbs (33 kg).................$1,167187A010 30" 5-Light Studio Makeup Station, 70 lbs (32 kg).................$1,130187A013 Optional Drawer, 14 lbs (6.3 kg)..................................................$165187A012 Optional Basket, 4 lbs (1.8 kg) .......................................................$63Note: For both models please ask your Wenger representative for plug and outlet ratings for international use.USAGEPortable, sturdy, well-balanced station that sets anywherePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Weighs just 35 lbs (16 kg) and can be carried by one person• Sets up easily and multiple stations nest together for compact storageCONSTRUCTION• Durable steel frame doubles as carrying handle• Steel frame and unique aluminum light housing surround the mirror• Single outlet and rocker switch combination with built-in GFCI protection; unitplugs into a standard 110 outlet. Requires converter for international use• Auxiliary power outlet operates with lights off• Permanently mounted 3 /16" (5 mm) diameter steelwire light bulb cages• UL ® -listed. Meets NEC (National Electric Code)requirementsDIMENSIONS• Overall - 33"w x 33 1 /4"h x 9 3 /8"d(84 cm x 85 cm x 24 cm)• Mirror – 20 3 /4"w x 22 3 /4"h (53 cm x 58 cm)Optionaldust coverO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N187A011 Backstage Makeup Station, 35 lbs (16 kg) ....................................$765187A021 Dust Cover, 4 lbs (1.8 kg).................................................................$115“With our 10 Studio Makeup Stations, actors now have convenient,mirrored, well-lit stations and we can get pre-show prep done better,more easily and twice as quickly as before.”— Michael Turner, Performing Arts Chair, Director of Music, Noble &Greenough School, Dedham, Massachusetts800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

126 • THEATRESTAGE BOXESFLIPFORMS ®Stage BoxesYou’ll never need to build a box again! Now actors can fullyrehearse their blocking while the set is being built. OurStage Boxes can be configured into virtually any shape.They lock together to prevent slipping, so actors can focuson their movement and lines without worry. And StageBoxes hold up to heavy use.Blue Valley Southwest High School, Overland Park, KansasR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Versalite ® Stagingpages 136-137Web link:Literature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheet,Tech Sheetwww.wengercorp.com/platforms800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.comUSAGE• Interlocking rehearsal furniture used to help actors with their blocking• Also ideal for one acts and abstract plays• A fast way to create impromptu sets – ideal for acting classesPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• More durable, more flexible, and easier to handle than wood cubes• Modular design lets you create configurations quickly and securely• Protruding feet nest in recessed pockets to allow boxes to stack securely• Molded carrying handles for convenience• Hollow underside is great for carrying props and other items• Sized to match basic furniture dimensionsCONSTRUCTION• Skid-resistant surface• Lightweight, low-density polyethylene for exceptional durability• Easy-to-handle units store compactly, require minimal maintenanceDIMENSIONS• Large - 24"w x 24"d x 18"h (61 cm x 61 cm x 45 cm)• Medium - 18"w x 16"d x 12"h (45 cm x 41 cm x 31 cm)• Small - 12"w x 16"d x 8"h (31 cm x 41 cm x 21 cm)Set of three shownO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N029A105 Large Stage Box, 32 lbs (14.5 kg) .............................................$192029A104 Medium Stage Box, 16 lbs (7.25 kg).........................................$148029A103 Small Stage Box, 8 lbs (3.63 kg)................................................$115029A098 Set of 3 Stage Boxes (one of each size)...................................$435

THEATRE • 127Rolling positionSeated riserpositionPlatformpositionStanding riserpositionQR CODESnap this QRcode to viewflipFORMSbeing set upon YouTube!Lower Lake High School, Lower Lake, CaliforniaflipFORMS ®Benches, sofa, bar, risers, stages, dancing platforms — flipFORMS flipinto whatever shape you need, and they go wherever you need them.The pocket-molded hand grips, easy-moving recessed wheels, andlightweight design make it easy to flip them up or roll them away.These fun, innovative products turn any space into an exciting settingin no time.USAGEFlexible multi-position and multi-use performance platform in one unitPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Built with molded, high-density polyethylene making them nearly indestructibleCONSTRUCTION• Grey base is available with your choice of Blue, Red, Yellow, Green or Grey top• Black base is available with Black top only • Assembly requiredO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NflipFORMS Single Units025D028 Black Top/Black Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg) ...................................................$727025D027 Grey Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg) .....................................................$727025D002 Blue Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg)......................................................$727025D003 Green Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg)...................................................$727025D004 Yellow Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg)..................................................$727025D005 Red Top/Grey Base, 100 lbs (45.3 kg).......................................................$727Four or more, any color .....................................................................................$697/each1801002 Set of four - one each of Blue, Green, Yellow and Red......................$2,788flipFORMS are available in a variety of color combinations.Black TopBlack BaseGrey TopGrey BaseBlue TopGrey BaseGreen TopGrey BaseYellow TopGrey BaseRed TopGrey Base800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

128 • THEATREF I X E D A U D I E N C E S E A T I N GFixed Audience SeatingAudiences can be noisy enoughwithout seats adding to thedistraction. New fixed audienceseating from Wenger has beendesigned with an extremely efficientand quiet lifting mechanism thateliminates noise to maximize quietthroughout the performance.True to the Wenger tradition, allthree styles are handcrafted andergonomically designed to providesuperior comfort and an attractiveappearance for years and years.Because they come from Wenger,you know your new seating will beright on spec, right on budget, and right on time.Adams State College,Alamosa, Colorado“Everyone’s raved about the Wenger seating – both the comfortlevel and attractiveness. We love them! We evaluated seatingfrom five manufacturers and Wenger was our unanimous choice.”– Dr. Tracy Doyle, Music Department Chair, Adams StateCollege, Alamosa, ColoradoUSAGEProvides performance facilities with an exquisite new combination of quietdurability, lasting comfort, and superb aestheticsThe Boston Conservatory, Boston, MassachusettsR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Diva Full-StageAcoustical Shellpages 106-107Literature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheetPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Rounded waterfall front promotes better leg circulation and encouragesa natural lumbar curve to help maintain comfort throughout theperformance• High-quality upholstery and stitching with fewer seams provide theultimate in durability and comfort• Proprietary spring plus damper driven lifting mechanism for extremelyquiet operation• Perforated seat bottoms help with sound absorption in the performancespace when the seats are not in use (non-perforated seats are availableas well)• Premium seat pedestal base engineered to allow proper airflow for floorlevel HVAC (Series 300)CONSTRUCTION• High-end pressed wood seat bottoms, backs, and end panels fordurability and aesthetics• Wood arm rests with smooth finishes for lasting good looks and allperformancecomfort• Automatic self-rise, three-quarter fold seat for easier access and exit• Widths from 19" (48.2 cm) through 23" (58.4 cm)• A wide range of stain-resistant upholstery fabrics and patterns• A wide variety of premium quality veneers and stain finishes• ADA compliant• Accessories include aisle lighting; seat and aisle number plates; donorplates; individual seats for Special Needs companion seating, equippedwith a wheel bracket for easy placement and simple release pedal toengage/disengage wheelsWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/platformsO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NFixed Audience Chairs come in a wide variety of configurations, colors andsizes. Please call your Wenger representative so that we can understandyour needs in order to provide the best solution and an estimate to helpyou budget your investment.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

THEATRE • 129Series 100The most economical solution for fixedaudience seating that combines lasting comfortwith attractive styling.Series 200Handcrafted seats with fine wood finishes andpremium fabrics.Series 300Handcrafted with fine wood finishes and premiumfabrics like the Series 200 but includes a pedestalbase for HVAC installations.A better seatOur rounded waterfall front promotes betterleg circulation and encourages a naturallumbar curve to help maintain comfortthroughout the performance.Pressed woodfor durability and a smoothattractive finish.Donor platesUpholstery that lastsHigh-quality upholstery andstitching with fewer seamsprovides the ultimate indurability and comfort.Aisle lightingSeat and aislenumber platesColor palettedozens of fabric and woodcolors to choose from.Shhhhhhh. Any sound from theaudience can be a distraction during aperformance – and that includes loudseats. Wenger designed a spring plusdamper driven lifting mechanismfor extremely quiet operation.Acoustical BenefitsAll seat models areavailable with perforatedseat bottoms for additionalsound absorptionGet On A RollIndividual seats forSpecial Needs companionseating are equipped witha wheel bracket so theycan be easily rolled intoplace when needed.A simple release pedal canengage and disengage thewheels.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

130 • THEATREP O R T A B L E A U D I E N C E C H A I R SPortable Audience ChairsA flexible alternative to fixed audience seating that canquickly adapt to your changing needs. These chairs combineall the features you would expect from a luxury theatre chairat a price that’s affordable. Comes in Standard or Premierstyles and double and triple configurations.Standard PortableAudience ChairPremier PortableAudience ChairUSAGESturdy audience seating you can reconfigure to changing needsR E S O U R C E SCompanion Product:Upper Deck AudienceSeating ® Tiered Riserspages 132-133ProductSheets, TechSheets andColor SamplesProsper High School, Prosper, TexasLiterature available:(call or download from the web)PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Stable freestanding design that can be floor-mounted if desired• Extra comfortable with thick padding• Fine upholstery with classic styling• Reliable automatic spring-return seatmechanism• Premier Audience Chair features finishedhardwood on back, bottom and arm rests foran elegant appearanceCONSTRUCTION• Folded seat extends 20" (51 cm); unfolded seatextends just 26" (66 cm)• Standard chair dimensions: 32" high x 21-26"wide (81 cm x 53-66 cm) in 1-inch increments• Premier chair available in 23" (58 cm) wide• Five-year warranty• Available in sherpa and shire fabric colorsPlease call for color samplesDonor plates and seatnumber plates are a niceaddition to your PortableAudience seating.Web link:www.wengercorp.com/chairsO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NPortable Audience Chairs come in a wide variety of configurations, colorsand sizes. Please call your Wenger representative so that we can understandyour needs in order to provide the best solution and an estimate tohelp you budget your investment.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

THEATRE • 131R.J. Kinsella Magnet School of Performing Arts, Hartford, ConnecticutHigh-Density PortableAudience Chairs by Clarin ®This strong, durable folding portable audience seatingwon’t leave marks on gymnasium or auditorium floors. Youcan use them anywhere. The special X-frame constructionprolongs the life of the chair and provides even weightdistribution for enhanced comfort. The exclusive Duraflexaction assures level seating on uneven surfaces — and thechair frame automatically returns to its original shape.Coastal Carolina University, Conway, South CarolinabyDouble Standard PortableAudience ChairAudience Chair Move & Store Carts make setupand takedown faster and more efficient. Usethem to easily move the chairs anywhere in yourfacility. (24 single chairs per cart.) Dust coveravailable as well.Triple Standard PortableAudience ChairAudience Chairs can also be fitted withdrink holders. What a refreshing idea!USAGEPortable audience seating that’s easy to fold and storePERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Double tube and channel frame provides strength, durability andflexibility• 1 1 /2" (3.8 cm) upholstered seat cushion• 7 /8" (2.2 cm) upholstered back cushion• Spring mechanism returns seat to upright position when not in use• Lobe screws make seat backs virtually tamper-proof• X-frame construction prolongs chair life and enhances comfort• Duraflex action assures level seating on uneven surfaces• Chair frame always returns to original shapeCONSTRUCTION• Chair Width — 18" (46 cm) or 19 1 /2" (49.5 cm)(add 2 1 /4" (5.7 cm) per arm)• Seat Depth — 21 3 /4" (55 cm)• Seat Height — 17 3 /4" (45 cm)• Seat Width — 18 1 /4" (46 cm)• Chair Height — 31 3 /4" (81 cm)• Weight — 16 lbs (7.2 kg)• Available Options:Without armsOne-armTwo-armMove and Store CartavailableLocking chairs together in a row isa simple task.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NHigh-Density Portable Audience Chairs come in a wide variety of configurationsand sizes. Please call your Wenger representative so that we canunderstand your needs in order to provide the best solution and anestimate to help you budget your investment.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

132 • THEATREU P P E R D E C K A U D I E N C ES E A T I N G ®T I E R E D R I S E R SUpper Deck Audience Seating ®Tiered RisersThe folding frame and innovative design allow you to easilychange seating configurations based on the layout of theperformance. Four people can install seating for 200 in aboutfour hours. Taking it down takes even less time. And theUpper Deck system is available with corner sections for bettersight lines, improved traffic flow and greater seating capacity.USAGEIf you have a black box theatre, this is the perfect seating system for youR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Audience Chairspages 128-131QR CODESnap this QRcode to viewour UpperDeck demovideo onYouTube!Greater Hartford Classical Magnet School, Hartford, ConnecticutLiterature available:(call or download from the web)ProductSheet,Tech Sheetand DVDPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Fast, easy and safe to install and reconfigure• User-friendly assembly• Meets building code standards for grandstand seating, including guardrails and hand rails• Decks are built with integrated chair stops for another level of safety andsecurity• Exceeds a uniform vertical load of 100 psf (488 kg/m2) and side loadcriteria for states with seismic loading requirements• Patented designCONSTRUCTION• Simple innovative design with welded steel construction• Available rise (elevation change between tiers): 4"-24" (10 cm – 61 cm) in1" (2.5 cm) increments• Maximum deck elevation: 10' (305 cm)• Two standard deck depths: 3' (91 cm) and 4' (122 cm)• Deck lengths are available from 4' (122 cm) to 8' (244 cm) in 1' (30.5 cm)increments• Leveling feet on all columns adjustable up to 4" (10 cm)• Corner sections are available to create 45° and 90° angles• Standard or custom stairways available• Available in different configurations. (Architectural specifications areavailable from your Wenger representative.)O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NUpper Deck Audience Seating......................................Please call for assistanceUpper Deck Audience Seating Move & Store Carts ...Please call for assistanceUpper Deck Audience Seating tiered risers are available withthree deck surface choices.Web link:www.wengercorp.com/platformsStandard SurfaceBlack (Moroccan)Standard NaturalTempered HardboardHeavy Duty SurfaceBlack (Quadripple)800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

THEATRE • 133“For our black box theatre, our three seating needs weresafety, flexibility, and comfort – in that priority. Without asignificant investment of labor or time, the Upper Deck nowenables us to do one show as an arena and the next as thrust.We’re finding the Upper Deck to be pretty tight and relatively quiet,such as when latecomers or other people are moving up and downthe levels...Wenger’s customer service is exceptional.”– Bob Larson, Professor of Theatre,Luther College, Decorah, IowaMove & Store CartsWenger has a well-earned reputation for simplifying installationand making storage more convenient. Our Move & Store Cartsfacilitate both ends of the job. Use them to roll out all UpperDeck Audience Seating components during setup. And whenyou’re ready to take it down, place each component on itsdedicated cart as you strike the setup. Then just roll the cartsinto a corner or against the wall until you want to use themagain. Additional high-density storage carts are available for allUpper Deck components.Accordian-Style FoldingWith its fold-out frame, the UpperDeck Audience Seating systemdoesn’t have to be completelydisassembled to take it down.Just remove the decks and railsand fold it flat against the wall.Perfect for black box theatres, Upper Deck Audience Seating tiered risers give youversatile audience seating when you need it, and the ability to easily dismantle orretract it when you don’t.Power LevelingPower-leveling system featuresfabricated steel-gear-driveconstruction for quick and easyleveling of the frame assemblywith a drill-mount attachment.It’s also a convenient way tolower the frame assembly on thewheel system. (Note: requires apower drill, not included.)Deck CartAfter the base structure is assembled,decks are easily set into position with aconvenient lowering tool that preventsback strain.The innovative erector-set design meetsall building code standards forgrandstand seating and offers ampleopen space underneath.High-density storage options available:Upper DeckCorner SectionsNow you can maximizeseating and improve sightlines all with previouslyunusable space. Theseinnovative sections extendUpper Deck value with aneasy, straightforward setupthat fits in any corner.Truss CartEndframe CartRail CartColumn Cart800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

“We use Versalite almost daily around ourfacility, including auditorium, lobby, banquetrooms and outdoors. It’s easy to handle,extremely flexible and has held up well over theyears. We’ll continue choosing Wenger.”– Tom Hamilton, Technical Operations DirectorCerritos Center for the Performing Arts,Cerritos, CaliforniaQR CODESnap this QRcode to watcha time-lapsevideo of thisstage beingset up onYouTube!Cerritos Center for the Performing Arts, Cerritos, California800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

PLATFORMSSTAGINGVersalite ® StagingPages 136-137Trouper ® StagingPages 138-139Stagehand ® StagingPages 140-141Easily reconfigures tocreate the kind of stage youneed. Strong decks,interchangeable legs,easy setup.Decks with self-locking,fold-out legs. Perfect forstraightforward setups thatdon’t need to bereconfigured often.Roll it into place and in afew simple steps you havean instant stage - anywhereyou need it.SEATED RISERSVersalite ®Seated RisersPages 144-145Trouper ®Seated RisersPages 146-147Staging/Seated RiserAccessoriesPages 148-149Upper Deck AudienceSeating ® Tiered RisersPages 132-133No other seated risersystem adapts so easily toyour needs. Flexible andeasy to reconfigure often.Goes up fast and easy.Stays up safe and secure.Perfect for less frequentreconfigurations.Complete the look andkeep your performers safe.Rails, Move & Store carts,Stairways, etc.Large-capacity risers thatcan be set up and removedin a short period of time.Perfect for black boxtheatres or gymnasiums.SPECIALTY PLATFORMS & OUTDOOR EVENT STAGINGSTRATA ® EventStagingPage 150The rock-solid stagingplatform that fits overseating, extends stages,goes outside, and gives youa stable platform on virtuallyany surface.Inflatable AcousticalShellPage 150This awe-inspiring shellinflates in minutes andprovides impressiveacoustics to help projectsound to a large outdoorcrowd.Showmaster ® & Vision ®Event StagingPage 151Heavy-duty staging designgives rock solid stability andfaster setup for large events.Stagemobile ® andShowmobile ® MobileStagesPage 151Take your stage anywhere -Fast setup, hydraulic lifting,skid-free decks and plentyof extras.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

136 • PLATFORMSVersalite ®StagingTight budgets demand maximum flexibility from yourequipment investment. Versalite can easily reconfigure intomulti-level stages, runways, graduation stages, speakerplatforms, and much more. The lightweight aluminum decksand separate, interchangeable legs make it easy to createjust about any option to meet your changing needs. It’s theall-in-one system that doesn’t compromise strength,durability, or ease of setup. And the classic styling andclean, simple lines make it appropriate for any venue.USAGEFor facilities that require multiple stage setups/configurations for a mix ofdifferent performance eventsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Load rating meets or exceeds building code requirements• Easy-to-handle sections have lightweight aircraft-grade aluminumframes• Five attractive finish options: standard black, heavy-duty black, naturalhardboard, grey carpet, or carpet-readyCONSTRUCTION• Lightweight decks of solid 3 /4" (19 mm) exterior-grade plywood• Standard deck sizes: 3' x 3' (0.9 m x 0.9 m); 3' x 6' (0.9 m x 1.8 m);3’ x 8' (0.9 m x 2.4 m); 4' x 4' (1.2 m x 1.2 m); 4' x 6' (1.2 m x 1.8 m);4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m). Non-standard sizes are available• Square tubing legs. Heights available from 4" (10 cm) to 10' (3 m)• Optional 16" - 28" (41 cm - 71 cm); 24" - 40" (61 cm - 102 cm); and30" - 56" (76 cm - 142 cm) telescoping leg lengths• Accessories sold separately on pages 148-149STORAGE• Move & Store Cart (see page 149)“We love the Versalite! It’s so much easier to handle than the old, non-Wengerplatforms we have. We use them a lot, in all kinds of configurations, including foralmost every musical event. The bright aluminum gives Versalite a nice, modern look.”– John Lucas, Stage Technician First ElectricianClowes Memorial Hall, Butler University, Indianapolis, IndianaO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N F O R V E R S A L I T E ®S TA G I N GPlease call your Wenger representative for assistance.VERSALITE STAGING SETS – PACKAGED FOR YOUR CONVENIENCEWenger offers complete Versalite Staging Sets tailored to your needs.And as your needs change, you can simply order new leg sets toaccommodate new height requirements. Talk with your Wengerrepresentative about how we can help you put together a system thatsatisfies the vast requirements of your entire facility – and all at anaffordable price.Versalite sets include two stairways with double handrails, stage skirting on 3sides, back and side guardrails, and storage carts for decks and rails – all thefinishing touches needed for most applications. See accessories on pages148-149. Backdrop and frame are optional and can be ordered separately.Available set sizes: 24"h, BlackBM10124 12' x 16' (3.7 m x 4.9 m) Stage Set(Six 4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m) units) ..................................................$8,708BM11124 12' x 24' (3.7 m x 7.3 m) Stage Set(Nine 4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m) units) .............................................$12,006BM22124 16' x 24' (4.9 m x 7.3 m) Stage Set(Twelve 4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m) units) .........................................$14,629BM24124 16' x 32' (4.9 m x 9.8 m) Stage Set(Sixteen 4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m) units).........................................$18,027BM31124 20' x 32' (6.1 m x 9.8 m) Stage Set(Twenty 4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m) units).........................................$21,743Individual decks, other sizes and custom-length leg sets are also available.For information call your Wenger representative.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.comFixed height legsTelescopinglegsAdjustableheightlegsMULTIPLE LEG LENGTHS OFFERENDLESS STAGING POSSIBILITIESA variety of standard leg lengths, plustelescoping and custom leg lengths, lets youset a stage exactly as you envision it. Legsattach securely with the turn of a knob.Fixed Height Legs: Available in 8", 16",24", 32", 40" and 48" heights. Custom sizesavailable.Telescoping Legs: Infinitely adjustablebetween the two dimensions speced for theleg. Holes are in 2" increments.Adjustable Height Legs: These legs areinfinitely adjustable up or down 2" from theheight of the leg.Set BM24124 is a 16' x 32'(4.8 m x 9.7 m) stage made up of sixteen4' x 8' (1.2192 m x 2.4384 m) decks.

PLATFORMS • 137V E R S A L I T E ®S T A G I N GGo to pages 144-145 to see how Versalite can be configured into seated risers!1/4-round decks available inall surface options, 3'(91.4 cm) and 4' (121.9 cm)sizes. Carpeted round decksmust be custom ordered.Choose from a variety of flooring options that won’t curl or peel like laminatedsurfaces. The Standard and Heavy-Duty surface options also provide excellenttraction, even when wet, and they’ll stand up to heavy use for years to come.Standard surfaceBlack (Moroccan)Heavy-duty surfaceBlack (Quadripple)Natural hardboardCarpet (grey)or carpet-readyCONNECTORS/BRACKETSFor the most stable and securestaging there may be cases whereadditional securing is necessary. Forthose instances we have three typesof connectors:• Leg-to-leg bracket• Deck-to-leg bracket• Overlap bracketSECURE THE DECKSTOGETHERUnit-to-unit connectors lock the deckstogether in place in seconds with oneeasy motion. And because theconnectors are integrated intothe underside of every Versalite deck,there are no loose parts.FAST AND EASYSTAGING SETUPA crew of two can set up an entirestage in under 30 minutes. Thestage strikes just as quickly andtransports to its next performance.Optional leg retention clips on thebottom of the decks hold legsduring transport.QR CODESnap this QRcode to watch aVersalite videoon YouTube!Blue Valley Southwest High School, Overland Park, KansasLEGS LOCK SECURELY INTOPLACE IN SECONDSVersalite truly goes up in a snapwithout pins, tools, or separate frameassemblies. Just grab the right lengthleg and secure it in place with a fewquick turns of the geared compressionmechanism. Plus, telescoping andcustom leg lengths give youunprecedented flexibility.ADA-COMPLIANT RAMPSEnsure that all performers have thechance to take the stage by adding astrong and stable disability ramp.Made with Versalite decking and legs,this ramp will connect easily with anystage setup you build. See page 150for more information.Companion Products:Roll-a-Deck and otheraccessoriespages148-149Web link:R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure,Product Sheet,Tech Sheets,and DVDwww.wengercorp.com/platforms800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

138 • PLATFORMSTrouper ®StagingThe simplest solutions are often exactly what you need.Take Trouper Staging, for example. It’s perfect forstraightforward setups that don’t need to bereconfigured often. But when you do need to change,Trouper Staging’s fold-out design makes it easy to dowithout the hazard of pinch points found in many foldand-rollstages. The design is simple, but the engineeringis definitely not. Trouper staging is built with superiorstructural integrity and the highest quality materials toensure reliable operation over a long life.USAGESimple, solid, staging that sets up easy in many configurationsPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Four standard deck sizes and elevations with optional dual-heightfold-out legs offer flexibility to reconfigure your staging system• Each deck has six points of contact with the floor for added stability• Six fixed- or dual-height fold-out legs with six contact points ensureextremely quiet, no-rattle performance• Load rating meets or exceeds building code requirementsCONSTRUCTION• Sturdy 16-gauge steel frame caps and protects surface finish on¾" (19 mm) plywood deck• Deck finish options include: Standard surface Black (Moroccan);Natural hardboard; or Grey carpeted surface• Optional Move & Store Carts, skirting, stairs, and guardrails are alsoavailable. See pages 148-149 for Trouper accessoriesENDLESS STAGINGPOSSIBILITIESO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N F O R T R O U P E R ®Please call your Wenger representative for assistance.S TA G I N GTROUPER STAGING SETSYour Wenger representative can put together a complete Trouper Staging Set to meet your specificneeds. Sets are available in a variety of sizes and include two stairways with double handrails, backand side guardrails, skirting on three sides, and Move & Store Carts — all the finishing touchesneeded for most applications.Backdrop and frame are optional and can be ordered separately.See accessories on page 148-149. Tell us what you wantfrom a stage and we’ll show you your best options.Available set sizes: 24"h, BlackPM10124 12'd x 16'w (3.7 m x 4.9 m) Stage Set (Six 4' x 8' (122 cm x 244 cm) units) ...............$7,409PM11124 12'd x 24'w (3.7 m x 7.3 m) Stage Set (Nine 4' x 8' (122 cm x 244 cm) units).............$9,868PM22124 16'd x 24'w (4.9 m x 7.3 m) Stage Set (Twelve 4' x 8' (122 cm x 244 cm) units) ......$12,052PM24124 16'd x 32'w (4.9 m x 9.8 m) Stage Set (Sixteen 4' x 8' (122 cm x 244 cm) units) .....$14,801PM31124 20'd x 32'd (6.1 m x 9.8 m) Stage Set (Twenty 4' x 8' (122 cm x 244 cm) units).......$17,565Other sizes are available, please talk to your Wenger representative for details.“The Trouper staging is very versatile – we’ve usedit for events of different sizes. We can make it as bigor small as we want, using only the sections we need.It’s a real solid stage, with sturdy construction, and easyto set up. When we’re finished, it stores away easily in asmall space. Our 12-platform storage cart only takes upabout twenty square feet of storage space.”Trouper is available in your choice of three surface finishes.Added cost for Grey Carpet. Please call for quote.Standard surfaceBlack (Moroccan)– James V. Moxley, PrincipalFisher Elementary School, Fisher, IllinoisNaturalGrey CarpetAll Trouper Staging Sets are available inthe following elevations:16" (41 cm) elevationQR CODE24" (61 cm) elevationSnap this QR32" (81 cm) elevationcode to watch a16"/24" (41/61 cm) dual elevationTrouper setupvideo on24"/32" (61/81 cm) dual elevation Set PM11124 is a 12' x 24' (3.6576 mYouTube!x 7.3152 m) stage made up of nine 4' x 8'(1.2192 m x 2.4384 m) Trouper decks.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

PLATFORMS • 139T R O U P E R ®S T A G I N GGo to pages 146-147 to see how Trouper can be configured into seated risers!Each standard Trouper staging deckhas three sets of self-locking fixedheightlegs with six contact pointsfor exceptional load capacity.Trouper staging offers optionaldual-height legs – in 16"/24"(41/61 cm) and 24"/32"(61/81 cm) heights – to giveyou more setup flexibility.Trouper staging decks unfold easilyand attach to one another with aconvenient unit-to-unit camlockingfeature. You won’t believe howeasy it is to set up a large, sturdystage that looks great and strikesjust as quickly.Trouper Move & Store Cartsare available in 12-, 8-, 6-,and 3-unit models. 8-unitcart pictured; see page 149.Del Norte High School, San Diego, CaliforniaCompanion Products:Stairs and Railspages 148-149R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)“We keep coming back to Wenger – we don’t buy from anyone else.We’re extremely pleased with Wenger products – the quality andparticularly the support. It’s phenomenal! Trouper is an all-aroundnice system that’s simple, structurally sound and attractive.”— Nick Boyadjian, Assistant Building Manager, University of Guelph,Guelph, Ontario, CanadaWeb link:Brochure,Tech Sheetsand DVDwww.wengercorp.com/platforms800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

140 • PLATFORMS“We use Stagehand for a wide range ofspecial events at our school, such asgraduation ceremonies and receptions.Stagehand is very easy to maneuver, set up andtake down. Actually, it is very user-friendly andeasy to operate. It also requires very little storagespace. All in all, Stagehand was a sound investmentfor our school.”— Jean de Rainville, Program Advisor,Competence de l’Outaouais,Gatineau, Quebec, CanadaStagehand ®StagingIt’s easier to handle than any other one-person setup stage. Justroll it where you need it and the gas-assisted springs help youlower it smoothly and safely into position. And when you’re done,it folds up just as easily and nests compactly. It’s durable andextremely stable with a full complement of accessories that areeasy to add. Pageants. Assemblies. Lectures. Graduations. Thisis the one stage that’s always ready to save you time, space,and money.USAGEIdeal for facilities that frequently stage events and need a system that sets upwith fewer staff membersPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Easiest-to-handle fold-out design ever. Gas-assisted springs and integratedplatform-to-leg connectors make setup and takedown fast and intuitive• All-in-one system with no loose parts• Camlock unit-to-unit connectors unite modular units into one safe, solid,rattle-free stage• Load rating meets or exceeds building code requirementsCONSTRUCTION• 16-gauge steel frame with 3/4" (19 mm) plywood decks• 4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m) decks with 16" (41 cm) and 24" (61 cm) fixed elevations;16"/24" (41 cm/61 cm) and 24"/32" (61 cm/81 cm) dual-height elevations• Optional staging accessories are on pages 148-149STORAGE• Folds up quickly and easily. Rolls and nests compactlyStagehand staging isavailable in your choice ofthree surface finishes.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NF O R S TA G E H A N D ® S TA G I N GQuantity pricing available on sets and volume orders.Please call your Wenger representative to help determine your needs.STAGEHAND STAGING SETSYour Wenger representative can put together a complete Stagehand Staging Set tomeet your specific needs. Sets are available in a variety of sizes and include twostairways with double handrails, back and side guardrails, and drapery closures onthree sides – all the finishing touches needed for most applications.Set VM10124 is a 12' x 16'(3.6576 m x 4.8768 m) stagemade up of six 4' x 8' (1.2192 m x2.4384 m) Stagehand decks.Available set sizes: 24" (61 cm) h, BlackVM10124 12' x 16' (3.7 m x 4.9 m) Stage Set — Six 4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m) units,24" (61 cm) elevation ............................................................$9,489VM11124 12' x 24' (3.7 m x 7.3 m) Stage Set — Nine 4' x 8'(1.2 m x 2.4 m) units, 24" (61 cm) elevation .....................$12,908VM22124 16' x 24' (4.9 m x 7.3 m) Stage Set — Twelve 4' x 8'(1.2 m x 2.4 m) units 24" (61 cm) elevation ......................$16,212VM24124 16' x 32' (4.9 m x 9.8 m) Stage Set — Sixteen 4' x 8'(1.2 m x 2.4 m) units, 24" (61 cm) elevation .....................$20,521VM31124 20' x 32' (6.1 m x 9.8 m) Stage Set — Twenty 4' x 8'(1.2 m x 2.4 m) units, 24" (61 cm) elevation .....................$24,585Also available in 16", 16"/24" and 24"/32" heights.Other sizes are available, please talk to your Wenger representativefor details.Added cost for Grey Carpet.Please call for quote.StandardsurfaceBlack(Moroccan)NaturalGrey Carpet800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

PLATFORMS • 141Easy one-person setup – with no help,no tools, no trouble.S T A G E H A N D ®S T A G I N GRoll it where you want it.Fold out the legs.Step on the pedal.Tilt down.QR CODESnap this QRcode to watch aVersalite videoon YouTube!Gas-assisted springslower it for you!St. Mary’s School, Owatonna, MinnesotaCompanion Products:Stairs and Railspages 148-149R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)Stores in small spaces.Stagehand staging foldsup quickly and easily andnests compactly.ProductSheets,Tech Sheetsand onlinevideosWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/platforms800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

142 • PLATFORMSBuilding seated risers tocomplement your spaceOrdering Seated RisersWenger Versalite and Trouper Seated Risers (pages 144-147) have been fixturesin facilities and classrooms for decades. The versatility of Versalite and Trouper“building blocks” allows our customers the ability to configure just the rightseated risers to fit the size of their groups and the size of their rehearsal rooms.The combinations and configurations are limitless, but Wenger has put togethermany standard size sets to make our customers’ ordering process easier. Thisspread shows thecommon shapes aswell as a few sizes.Our website andSet Sheets showmany more. Callyour Wenger repto help determinethe product andconfigurationthat’s right for you.S E AT E D R I S E R S E T B U I L D I N G B L O C K SEach riser set combines some, or all, of the “building blocks” shown here. Thenumber of building blocks and the number of levels determines the final size of theriser and its capacity. See pages 144-147 for more information.3'(0.9 m)4-level seats12 people3-level seats9 people2-levelseats 6peopleCharleston County School of the Arts, North Charleston, South CarolinaCHORAL RISERS:Platforms are 3' (0.9 m) deep and seating capacity is based on 26" (66 cm) chair spacing.10' 3" (3.1 m)1 2 33'(0.9 m)4-level seats16 people3-level seats12 people2-levelseats 8people3'(0.9 m)4-level seats10 people3-level seats6 people2-levelseats 3peopleBudget pricesIncluded in every set are decks, legs,connectors, chair stops, front and sideclosure panels, back and side rails.Carts are optional accessories that arenot included in the set.SeatingCapacity:60*SET #515 (ARC SHAPE)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$14,070TROUPER TOTAL......................................$11,885SeatingCapacity:72*15'-1"4.6m34'-1"10.4mSET #105 (WINGED SHAPE)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$18,876TROUPER TOTAL......................................$15,885SeatingCapacity:72*10'-6"3.2m44'-11"13.7m41'-5"12.6mSET #145 (HORSESHOE SHAPE)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$20,840TROUPER TOTAL......................................$17,639SeatingCapacity:104*CHORAL RISERSET PRICING14'-9"4.5m24'-2"7.4m40'-3"12.3mSET #125 (SEMICIRCLE SHAPE)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$23,552TROUPER TOTAL......................................$19,8106' (1.8 m)8' (2.4 m)BAND/ORCHESTRA RISERS:Platforms are 4' (1.2 m) deep and seating capacity is based on 32" (82 cm) chair spacing.4'(1.2 m)6' (1.8 m)4-level seats8 people3-level seats6 people2-levelseats 4people4' 4(1.2 m)8' (2.4 m)4-level seats12 people1 2 33-level seats9 people2-levelseats 6people4'(1.2 m)800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com13' (4 m)4-level seats7 people3-level seats4 people2-levelseats 2peoplePortable ADA-Compliant Disability RampWenger portable ramps are strong and stable, andthey attach securely to Wenger staging units. 4'-wide (122 cm) ramps adjust to the exact height ofstage elevation. See page 150 for more information.

BAND/ORCHESTRARISER SET PRICINGSeatingCapacity:60*SeatingCapacity:44*22'-8"6.9m 18'-8"5.7m45'-4"13.8mSET #605 (ARC SHAPE)Shown with percussion extension (not included in price)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$22,569TROUPER TOTAL......................................$18,27048'14.6m25'-4 1/2"7.7m16'4.9mSET #1015 (WINGED SHAPE)Shown with percussion extension (not included in price)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$16,249TROUPER TOTAL......................................$13,130CREATINGDIFFERENTSHAPES WITHONE SEATEDRISER SETPie sections are thekey to creatingdifferent shapedconfigurations. Asillustrated in thesesets, one seatedriser set can bearranged in severaldifferent shapes bychanging theposition of the piesections.PLATFORMS • 143S E A T E D R I S E R SB U I L D I N G B L O C K SSeatingCapacity:84*21'6.4m50'15.2mSET #625 (HORSESHOE SHAPE)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$27,905TROUPER TOTAL......................................$22,465SeatingCapacity:64*23'-3"7.1m40'-6"12.3mSET #655 (SEMICIRCLE SHAPE)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$27,180TROUPER TOTAL......................................$22,115SeatingCapacity:52*20'6.1m 16'4.9mDON’T FORGETMOVE & STORECARTSWenger staging iseasy to reconfigureand use for anypurposes aroundyour facility. It’s easyto move manydecks and guardrailsfrom one place toanother with ourMove & Store Carts.36'11mSET #155 (RECTANGLE SHAPE)Shown with percussion extension (not included in price)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$21,014TROUPER TOTAL......................................$16,785SeatingCapacity:60*20'6.1m 16'4.9m40'12.2mSET #185 (RECTANGLE SHAPE)Shown with percussion extension (not included in price)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$21,334TROUPER TOTAL......................................$16,905SeatingCapacity:96*28'8.5m 24'7.3m48'14.6mSET #265 (RECTANGLE SHAPE)Shown with percussion extension (not included in price)VERSALITE TOTAL ...................................$29,458TROUPER TOTAL......................................$23,100*Seating capacitiesare based on one rowof chairs on the floor.Companion Products:Music Standspages 22-25Web link:Lindenwood University, St. Charles, MissouriGo to Wenger’s YouTube channel to see setup videos ofboth Versalite and Trouper Seated Risers.R E S O U R C E SLiterature available:(call or download from the web)Brochure, ProductSheet, Tech Sheets,online video andDesign Capabilitywww.wengercorp.com/platforms800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

144 • PLATFORMSV E R S A L I T E ®S E A T E D R I S E R SGo to pages 136-137 to see how Versalite can be configured into staging!Versalite ®Seated RisersVersalite seated risers are the multi-sized decks and legsthat allow you the flexibility to create the seated risers that fityour space and your musicians. Arrange and rearrange yourrehearsal room in a snap with Versalite seated risers. Ourunique unit-to-unit connectors lock and unlock the riserdecks in one easy motion. When they’re locked, they’reincredibly stable. Versalite seated risers can be expanded,condensed, and shaped to fit any space for any occasion.Just change and reconfigure the various sized decks andlegs. Versalite seated risers also set up quickly — and safely— with just a small crew and no tools. And they don’t reducethe cubic volume of the space, which enhances acoustics.Horseshoe shape shownUSAGEThe flexible building blocks you need to create and recreate multi-levelseated riser structures for choirs, bands and orchestrasPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Full array of pies and tri-corners helps you configure a set that meetsvirtually any seated riser application• Choice of 2-tier, 3-tier, 4-tier or larger sets• Optional band/orchestra rear percussion extensionR.B. Stall High School, North Charleston, South CarolinaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Posture Chairspages 10-15Literature available:(call or download from the web)CONSTRUCTION• Lightweight decks of solid 3 /4" (19 mm) exterior-grade plywood• Standard deck sizes: 3' x 3' (0.9 m x 0.9 m); 3' x 6' (0.9 m x 1.8 m);3’ x 8' (0.9 m x 2.4 m); 4' x 4' (1.2 m x 1.2 m); 4' x 6' (1.2 m x 1.8 m);4' x 8' (1.2 m x 2.4 m )• Square tubing legs. Heights available from 4" (10 cm) to 10' (3 m)• Optional 16" - 28" (41 cm - 71 cm); 24" - 40" (61 cm - 102 cm); and 30"- 56" (76 cm - 142 cm) interchangeable leg lengths• Accessories sold separately on pages 148-149Choose from a variety of flooring options that won’t curl or peel like laminatedsurfaces. The Standard and Heavy-Duty surface options also provide excellenttraction, even when wet, and they’ll stand up to heavy use for years to come.Standard surfaceBlack (Moroccan)Heavy-duty surfaceBlack (Quadripple)Natural hardboardCarpet (grey)or carpet-readyBrochure,Product Sheet,Tech Sheetsand DVDWeb link:www.wengercorp.com/platformsRectangle shapeshown800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

PLATFORMS • 145S E AT E D R I S E R S E T SVersalite Band/Orchestra,3-tier section with optionalfront and side closure panels.• Band/Orchestra seated riser decks are 4' (1.2 m) deep.• Choral seated riser decks are 3' (0.9 m) deep.• Standard sets are available in 2-tier, 3-tier, and 4-tier configurations.• Optional rear extension units are available to add extradepth for percussion or a 4th level; units are 3' (0.9 m)or 4' (1.2 m) deep.Unique pie-section design and interchangeablecomponents let you easily add or subtractdecks or simply rearrange a rehearsal room inhorseshoe, winged, arc, or rectangularconfigurations.“The Versalite platforms are easy to set up and offer flexibility.Our jazz band uses them when accompanying our show choir.We’ve also used the stage for a variety of non-music events,including school board meetings and awards nights.”– Cydney Dixon, Band Director, Lower Lake High School,Lower Lake, CaliforniaO R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NSeated risers come in a wide variety of configurations and sizes. Pleasecall your Wenger representative so that we can first thoroughly understandyour needs in order to provide the best solution and an estimate tohelp you budget your investment.VERSALITE SETS (BLACK)3' (.9 m) CHORAL - 3 TIER8", 16" & 24" ELEVATIONS(20 cm, 41 cm & 61 cm)HM015 8' (2.4 m) RectangularHM025 6' (1.8m) RectangularHM035 Pie SectionVERSALITE SETS (BLACK)3' (.9 m) CHORAL - 4 TIER8", 16" 24" & 32" ELEVATIONS(20 cm, 41 cm, 61 cm & 81 cm)HM1215 8' (2.4 m) RectangularHM1225HM12356' (1.8m) RectangularPie SectionVERSALITE SETS (BLACK)4' (1.2 m) BAND/ORCHESTRA - 3 TIER8", 16" & 24" ELEVATIONS(20 cm, 41 cm & 61 cm)GM015GM025GM0358' (2.4 m) Rectangular6' (1.8m) RectangularPie Section3'(0.9 m)3'(0.9 m)4'(1.2 m)6' (1.8 m)8' (2.4 m)6' (1.8 m)3'(0.9 m)10'3" (3.1m)8' (2.4m)13' (3.9 m)49'11" (3m)Versalite truly goes up in a snap withoutpins, tools, or separate frame assemblies.Just grab the right length leg and secure itin place with a few quick turns of thegeared compression mechanism. Plus,telescoping and custom leg lengths giveyou unprecedented flexibility.MULTIPLE LEG LENGTHS OFFERENDLESS STAGING POSSIBILITIESA variety of standard leg lengths, plustelescoping and custom leg lengths, lets youset a stage exactly as you envision it. Legsattach securely with the turn of a knob.See page 136 for more details.Unit-to-unit connectors lock the deckstogether in place in seconds with oneeasy motion. And because the connectorsare integrated into every Versalite deck,there are no loose parts.VERSALITE SETS (BLACK)4' (1.2 m) BAND/ORCHESTRA - 4 TIER8", 16" 24" & 32" ELEVATIONS(20 cm, 41 cm, 61 cm & 81 cm)GM1215 8' (2.4 m) RectangularGM1225 6' (1.8m) RectangularGM1235Pie Section4'(1.2 m)4'(1.2 m)Versalite is available in a variety of sizes,and every deck is lightweight so twopeople can handle an entire setup. Theyalso offer heavy-duty aluminum framingand solid plywood construction.Move & Store Carts make setup fast and easy.Heavy-duty casters and a pushrail convert aVersalite deck into a functional transportationcart; see page 149 for cart dimensions.8' (2.4 m)800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

146 • PLATFORMST R O U P E R ®S E A T E D R I S E R SGo to pages 138-139 to see how Trouper can be configured into staging!Trouper ®Seated RisersTrouper seated risers are your best, most economical optionfor creating any riser configuration. They install quickly andeasily, and promise stable, reliable, durable performanceyear after year. Fold-out design and selection of deck shapesin a variety of heights gives you the freedom to arrange yourrisers for a variety of needs.USAGECreate solid, versatile, multi-level seated riser structures for choirs, bandsand orchestrasPERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Full array of pies and tri-corners enables you to configure a set thatmeets virtually any seated riser application• Choice of 2-tier, 3-tier, or 4-tier sets helps you configure for your specificgroup and room size• Optional band/orchestra rear percussion extensionCONSTRUCTION• Sturdy 16-gauge steel frame caps and protects surface finish on3 /4" (19 mm) plywood deck• Deck finish options include: Standard surface Black (Moroccan),Natural hardboard or Grey carpet• Optional Move & Store Carts, skirting, stairs, and guardrails are alsoavailable. See pages 148-149 for Trouper accessoriesTrouper is available in your choice of three surface finishes.Added cost for Grey Carpet. Please call for quote.Standard surfaceBlack (Moroccan)NaturalGrey CarpetDel Norte High School, San Diego, CaliforniaR E S O U R C E SCompanion Products:Posture Chairspages 10-15Literature available:(call or download from the web)Web link:Product Sheet,Tech Sheetsand onlinevideoswww.wengercorp.com/platformsMemphis City Schools, Memphis, Tennessee“The Trouper Risers offer wonderful flexibility for adjusting thenumber of students on them – not all seated risers do. As ourprogram grows, we’ll buy pie sections and fan out our horseshoeshape. I like that ability a lot.”– Amy Fambrough, Choir Director,Timber Creek High School, Keller, Texas800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

PLATFORMS • 147TrouperBand/OrchestraSeated Riser, 3-tiersection shown withoptional front and sideclosure panels and guardrail.Chairs and stands not included.Uniquepie-sectiondesign lets youquickly and easily setup Trouper seated risersin a configuration to matchspace and instruction style.S E AT E D R I S E R S E T S• Band/Orchestra seated riser decks are 4' (1.2 m) deep.• Choral seated riser decks are 3' (0.9 m) deep.• Sets are available in 2-tier, 3-tier, and 4-tier configurations.• Optional rear extension units are available to add extradepth for percussion or a 4th level; units are 3' (0.9 m)or 4' (1.2 m) deep.O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O NSeated Risers come in a wide variety of configurations and sizes. Please callyour Wenger representative so that we can first thoroughly understandyour needs in order to provide the best solution and an estimate to helpyou budget your investment.TROUPER SETS (BLACK)3' (.9 m) CHORAL - 3 TIER8", 16" & 24" ELEVATIONS(20 cm, 41 cm & 61 cm)FM015 8' (2.4 m) RectangularFM025 6' (1.8m) RectangularFM035 Pie Section10'3" (3.1m)8' (2.4 m)3'(0.9 m)6' (1.8 m)TROUPER SETS (BLACK)3' (.9 m) CHORAL - 4 TIER8", 16" 24" & 32" ELEVATIONS(20 cm, 41 cm, 61 cm & 81 cm)FM1215 8' (2.4 m) RectangularFM1225 6' (1.8m) RectangularFM1235 Pie SectionTROUPER SETS (BLACK)4' (1.2 m) BAND/ORCHESTRA - 3 TIER8", 16" & 24" ELEVATIONS(20 cm, 41 cm & 61 cm)DM015 8' (2.4 m) RectangularDM025 6' (1.8m) RectangularDM035 Pie SectionTROUPER SETS (BLACK)4' (1.2 m) BAND/ORCHESTRA - 4 TIER8", 16" 24" & 32" ELEVATIONS(20 cm, 41 cm, 61 cm & 81 cm)DM1215 8' (2.4 m) RectangularDM1225 6' (1.8m) RectangularDM1235 Pie Section3'(0.9 m)4'(1.2 m)4'(1.2 m)6' (1.8 m)3'(0.9 m)44'(1.2 m)8' (2.4 m)13' (4 m)9'11" (3 m)As sturdy as they are easy to set up,Trouper seated risers are designed withthree sets of attached locking legsat pre-fixed heights for exceptional loadcapacity.Trouper Move & Store Carts are availablein 12-, 8-, 6-, and 3-unit models.8-unit cart pictured.See accessories on pages 148-149Please call Wenger for fast assistancechoosing the Trouper seated riser setright for your program and facilities.Visit our website at wengercorp.com orcall a Wenger representative today.We can recommend a riser set for yourrehearsal room and performance needs.We can also quickly provide an estimate tohelp you budget your investment.Dual-height leg options promise extrasetup flexibility. Choose 16"/24"(41/61cm) or 24"/32" (61/81 cm) heights.8' (2.4 m)800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

148 • PLATFORMSSTAGING AND SEATED RISERS ACCESSORIESArticulatingStairwaysOur exclusive, variable-heightstair units lift or lower to arange of stage heights. Easy-toattacharticulating stairwaysinclude dual heavy-dutyhandrails and safety treads on3'-wide (0.9 m) steps. Availablein 3-step, 4-step, 6-step, 8-stepand 9-step models.Dual-HeightStairwaysWenger engineers havespecially designed stagingstairs to match Wenger stagingversatility. Our 2-, 3-, or 4-stepunits are built with non-slipsafety treads and permanentdual handrails for onstagesafety. Steps are 39" by 11"(99 cm x 28 cm).181A011 3-step Articulating Stairway for 12" to 24" (31 cm to 61 cm)stage heights, 168 lbs (76 kg) Ready to assemble .......................$2,095181A255 3-step assembled .............................................................................$2,250181A014 4-step Articulating Stairway for 16" to 32" (41 cm to 81 cm)stage heights, 190 lbs (86 kg) Ready to assemble .......................$2,180181A256 4-step assembled .............................................................................$2,365113B016 2-step Stairway for 16" (41 cm) or 24" (61 cm) stage heights68 lbs (30.8 kg) ...............................................................................$505113B026 3-step Stairway for 24" (61 cm) or 32" (81 cm) stage heights88 lbs (39.9 kg) ...............................................................................$575113B027 4-step Stairway for 32" (81 cm) or 40" (102 cm) stage heights108 lbs (49 kg) ................................................................................$650Assembly required.181A016 6-step Articulating Stairway for 24" to 48" (61 cm to 122 cm)stage heights, 244 lbs (110 kg) Ready to assemble .....................$2,450181A257 6-step assembled .............................................................................$2,705Please call your Wenger representative for ordering assistance.NaturalStandard BlackClosure PanelsFront and side closure panels for Wenger seatedrisers cover the space between levels and encloseeach end to create a finished, built-in look. Panelsare finished in Standard Black or Natural tomatch riser finish. In addition to the great look,these panels keep dust and litter from collectingunder risers to keep maintenance to a minimum.Skirting & BackdropsYou can quickly add finishing touches tocomplete your stage with Wenger skirting,backdrops, and frames. Ask your Wengerrepresentative to provide fabric samples tomatch your performance area color schemeas well as specifications and pricing.Portable ADA-CompliantDisability RampWenger portable ramps are strong and stable, andthey attach securely to Wenger staging units. Thiscost-effective ramping solution helps ensure that allperformers have an equal chance to take the stage.4'-wide (122 cm) ramps adjust to the exact height ofstage elevation. See page 150 for more information.These items are customized to your specific application. Please call your Wenger representative for assistance.Universal GuardrailsSturdy guardrails to match Wenger staging and seated risers are designed foreasy assembly without tools. These meet or exceed most loading and rail-heightbuilding code requirements. A special IBC-Compliant guardrail (shown at right)complies with most 4" (10 cm) sphere building code requirements.Please call yourWenger representativefor assistance orderingIBC-Compliantguardrails.177B002177B004177B006177B009177B012011D8003' (0.9 m) Guardrail, 35 lbs (15.9 kg).................................................$2654' (1.2 m) Guardrail, 38 lbs (17.2 kg).................................................$2705' (1.5 m) Guardrail, 41 lbs (18.6 kg).................................................$2756' (1.8 m) Guardrail, 45 lbs (20.4 kg).................................................$2858' (2.4 m) Guardrail, 51 lbs (23.1 kg).................................................$295Guardrail Cart, 91 lbs (41.3 kg)..........................................................$630800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

The accessories you need to complete your setup.PLATFORMS • 149Versalite StagingTransport HandleMake it easy for two people to moveVersalite staging decks anywhere inyour facility. Slide the handle into thedeck edge channel for a secure holdas soon as you lift.Shown with two 4' x 8'(122 cm x 244 cm)Versalite decks and two24" (61 cm) leg sets.113A485Two Versalite StagingTransport Handles0.5 lbs (.23 kg).................$32Box Steps• Configured to work with your VersaliteAudience Seating• Reflective edging for low-lightenvironmentsCustomizable widths andheights. Please call forpricingLeg RetentionClips• Can be added to the the undersideof your Versalite decks• Each set holds a 6-leg set133H601 Leg Retention Clips,2 lbs (1 kg) .....................$25Roll-a-Deck ®Transform your Versalite staginginto a rolling platform. Sturdier thanmost platforms without wheels.Easily supports heavyweightinstruments like drums andkeyboards or production equipment.Ideal for applications that requirerapid setups and changeovers. Foruse with 4' x 6' (122 cm x 183 cm)and 4' x 8' (122 cm x 244 cm)Versalite decks.Decks and legs notincluded.137B003 4' x 8' Roll-a-Deck Frame, 230 lbs (104 kg).............................$885137B006 4' x 6' Roll-a-Deck Frame, 230 lbs (104 kg).............................$840Price does not include legs and decks.Trouper ®Move &Store CartsMove and store as many as 12 Trouperdecks at a time. Move & Store Carts moveeasily down the hall, around corners, andover thresholds. And if you have to go upor down a stairway, two people can carrythe decks separately – which is nearlyimpossible with decks built over heavywheel assemblies. Assembly required.8-unitTrouperCart139A001 3-unit Cart, 48 lbs (21.8 kg)2'6"w x 8'd x 4'2"h (0.8 m x 2.4 m x 1.3 m)..................................$345130C001 6-unit Cart, 91 lbs (41.3 kg)2'6"w x 8'd x 5'h (0.8 m x 2.4 m x 1.5 m) .....................................$530130C002 8-unit Cart, 99 lbs (44.9 kg)3'2"w x 8'd x 5'1"h (1 m x 2.4 m x 1.5 m).....................................$6202289004 12-unit Cart, 110 lbs (49.9 kg)2'8"w x 8'4"d x 5'h (0.8 m x 2.5 m x 1.5 m)..................................$890Please call your Wenger representative for ordering assistance.3-, 6- and 12-Unit Carts will fit through standard 3' (0.9 m) doorway;8-Unit Cart requires 3'4" (1 m) doorway.Versalite ®Move & Store CartThe 8-unit model holds standard and nonrectangular decks verticallyfor stable transport through 3' (0.9 m) doorways. Assembly required.113J001 8-unit Versalite Cart, 77 lbs (34.9 kg), 2'6"w x 8'd x 5'3"h(0.8 m x 2.4 m x 1.6 m) ............................................................................$560Please call your Wenger representative for ordering assistance.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

150 • SPECIALTY PLATFORMS AND OUTDOORR.J. Kinsella Magnet School of Performing Arts,Hartford, ConnecticutPortable ADA-Compliant Disability RampWenger’s Portable Disability Ramp is the flexible, cost-effective way to provideequal access. It meets all ADAAG (Americans with Disabilities Act AccessibilityGuidelines) for disability access including ramp slope, handrail and landing specifications.Configurations include straight, wraparound and switchback. Featuresinclude leveling feet for precise adjustment, guardrails and connectors for a tightfit to your Wenger stage. Call your Wenger Representative for details.Timber Creek High School, Keller, TexasSperry Tents - Seacoast, Gloucester, MassachusettsSTRATA ®EventStagingSTRATA Event Staging is the perfectsolution for creating a flat surfaceover seating or other uneven surfaces.It’s offered with a durable,non-slip, weather-resistant surfaceand a unique system that sets upquickly. Leveled or laydown, it can beused anywhere from a theatre to aflat parking lot to a hillside — evenover a pool. Easily installed by asmall crew in a fraction of the time ofstick-built floors or other “flooring”systems — saving you a small fortunein labor.STRATA ®OrchestraPit FillerCustom-designed to fit the exact specificationsof your orchestra pit, STRATAOrchestra Pit Filler installs quickly andeasily with a small crew. It provides incrediblystrong support while it freesup an amazing amount of space belowbecause of our innovative columnbeamdesign. Our acoustically dampeneddecks fit snugly against yourexisting stage to create an integratedsurface that is extremely quiet.Inflatable Acoustical Shell• Available for stages as high as 10' (3 m)• Deck corners are constructed of glass-fillednylon to help eliminate sharp edges• Deck surface options: natural or paintedtempered hardboard, and tongue and groovewood flooring• Leveling feet on all columns• Basic system meets a uniform vertical load of125 psf (57 kg)• System can meet building code standards ofL/360• Deck surface takes a point load of 500 lb(227 kg) on a 2" (5 cm) caster without leavingpermanent marks• Meets side load criteria of states with seismicloading requirementsThis impressive acoustical shell is easy to set up and inflates in less than tenminutes with its quiet, 3-speed air blower. Its tough vinyl shell has been testedand proven to project more high-frequencysound to an audience. Three sizes and over20 exterior colors to choose from. Fits in asingle carrying bag that’s only 5' (1.524 m)in diameter.• Shell is composed of vinyl-coated nylon that isweather-resistant and 100% fire-retardant• Meets or exceeds all international ISO standards800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

SPECIALTY PLATFORMS AND OUTDOOR • 151Showmaster ®StagingVision ®Event PlatformsRock-solid stability. Incredible versatility. Easy setup. Lastingdurability. When you need heavy-duty staging, Showmasteris the foundation that makes great events work. Showmaster’sall-in-one design ensures that you can set up faster, with asmaller crew, and with fewer mistakes. Every part is integralto the deck, which means no loose parts and no frames toassemble. It also means no tools to slow you down. Simplyadjust the legs and tip each deckinto place.• Set up and take down requires no toolsVision Event Platforms have set the standard for major eventstaging. Vision’s column and truss concept gives you rocksolid stability with 70% fewer ground contacts which meansfaster setup and underside storage space for crates, truckpacks, cable runs — just about anything you need to store.The three components — columns,trusses and decks — are all light enoughfor one person to handle. And onceVision is set up, the aircraft-gradealuminum stage is ready to stand up tothe pounding of an action-filled event.Stagemobile ®Mobile StageThe easy-to-tow, ready-to-go mobile stage solution.Wenger’s Stagemobile stage sets up easily anywhere youneed an outdoor stage for concerts, ceremonies, dancesand rallies. One person can set it up in minutes. All-aluminumconstruction is designed for years of outdoor useand the weather-resistant stage surface offers safety foryour event performers.• Three stage sizes: 16' x 16' (4.9 m x 4.9 m),16' x 20' (4.9 m x 6.1 m), and 16' x 24'(4.9 m x 7.3 m). Stage height is 36" (90 cm)Showmobile ® MobileStage and CanopyTow a full-scale, thrust-style stage anywhere you need toput on a big show. Its cantilevered canopy, state-of-the-artacoustical shell, built-in overhead lighting, leveling jacks,stairways and much more make this an amazing mobile,professional stage.• Push-button convenience and batterypoweredhydraulics lets one person set upan entire Showmobile stage in minutes• Custom graphics available to personalizeyour Showmobile800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com

152WENGER TERMS AND CONDITIONSPRICINGPrices are subject to change without notice. Prices shown do not include shipping and handling. Incases where payment will be made using non-U.S. currency, request a current exchange rate. For moreinformation, please contact your Wenger representative. Instruments and accessories shown withspecific Wenger products throughout the catalog are not included in the price and they do not comewith the purchase of the product.SHIPPING POLICYPrices shown do not include shipping and handling charges because we do not use a flat rate. In orderto provide you the most favorable rate we calculate the cost of each shipment individually based on sizeand weight. Your Wenger representative is ready to provide you with a full quote, including shipping andhandling based on your location and the weight of your order. All weights listed in our catalog areproduct weights and not shipping weights. For exact shipping and handling charges, please ask yourWenger representative.Two easy waysto find yourWengerrepresentative1) Just go to wengercorp.com and clickon “Contact Us” or2) Call 1-800-4WENGER (493-6437).Simply provide your location and we’llconnect you to your representativeDELIVERY AND INSTALLATIONWenger delivery and installation services are two great advantages of buying direct from Wenger. Atyour option, we will package, ship, and install your order with the care and understanding that only theproduct manufacturer can provide. Wenger drivers and installers are experienced professionals who areintent on meeting your needs and providing the service you expect. Wenger installation services willensure that your Wenger investment is in perfect working order from day one and for many years ofperformance. Please contact your Wenger representative for exact costs for these services.CHANGES/CANCELLATIONSAny changes or cancellations to orders for standard product require written consent from Wenger.A 25% fee may apply if changes or cancellations occur within 15 days of shipment. Changes and/orcancellations to custom products including Customers Own Material (COM), finish matches, customcolors, rush orders, or modified products are not allowed.DELAYS/STORAGETwo weeks advance notice is required when any delays in shipment, delivery, or installation beyondthe acknowledged ship date are necessary. The costs of storage, rehandling, additional freight, andadditional installation or labor costs will be billed to the Purchaser. If goods require storage, transfer tostorage will be deemed as shipment to the Purchaser for all purposes including invoicing and payment.RETURNSReturns are not accepted without written approval from Wenger. All authorized returns are subject to aminimum 20% restocking/rehandling fee which may be higher depending upon the product. Customproducts are not returnable.CUSTOMER SERVICEIf you have questions about your Wenger product or have any problems with your order, please call ourcustomer service representatives at 1-800-887-7145.WARRANTYWenger products are guaranteed to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period asdescribed in the Wenger Warranty statement. For complete warranty information, please contact theWenger customer service department at 1-800-887-7145 or visit our website atwww.wengercorp.com.Nobody understands the challenges andopportunities you deal with every daybetter than your Wenger representative.They are uniquely qualified to help you findsolutions for your specific rehearsal andperformance needs.800.4WENGER (800.493.6437) • www.wengercorp.com